View
260
Download
0
Category
Preview:
Citation preview
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 1/272
BSC6900 UMTS
V900R017C10
Site Maintenance Guide
Issue 01
Date 2015-03-25
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 2/272
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 3/272
About This Document
Overview
This document describes how to maintain the hardware operation of the BSC6900 after the
BSC6900 commissioning. The maintenance tasks involve powering on/off the BSC6900
cabinet, replacing components, and routine maintenance tasks such as checking indicators andmonitoring the site environment.
Product Versions
The following table lists the product version and solution version related to the document.
Product Name Product Version Solution Version
BSC6900 V900R017C10 RAN17.1
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l Site maintenance engineers
l Network planning engineers
l System engineers
l Field engineers
Organization
1 Change History
This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, including function changes and editorial changes. Function changes refer
to changes in functions of a specific product version. Editorial changes refer to changes in
wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.
2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 4/272
This chapter describes the tools required for BSC6900 site maintenance. The tools must be placed
in the equipment room or nearby places for easy use.
3 Spare Part Preparations
This chapter describes the spare parts that should be prepared in the equipment rooms or a nearby place for BSC6900 site maintenance.
4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
High-risk hardware operations include installing boards and replacing boards, both of which
have the same impact. Exercise caution when installing or replacing a board because this
operation may interrupt services or result in a system power outage. Perform this operation as
quickly as possible when traffic is light to minimize the impact on the system.
5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware
This chapter describes the r outine maintenance of the BSC6900 hardware. Different
maintenance items require different maintenance methods.
6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
This section describes how to power on and off the BSC6900. It includes the distribution of the
power switches, power-on, normal power-off, and emergency power-off of the cabinet.
7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly
This chapter describes how to clean a fan assembly. To ensure its long-term operation,
maintenance engineers must clean all the fan assemblies on a regular basis, preferably once a
year.
8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
The dust filters in the BSC6900 cabinet protect the boards and the BSC from dust and must be
cleaned on a r egular basis. If a dust filter is damaged, you must replace it with a new one in time.
9 Replacing Boards and Modules
This section describes how to replace boards and modules in the BSC6900 cabinet. It also
describes how to check the replacement and how to handle the faulty boards.
10 Replacing a cable
This chapter describes how to replace the following cables: power cable, Ethernet cable, fiber
optic cable, clock signal cable, and serial cable to the alarm box, SFP+high-speed cable, trunk cable and monitoring signal cable of the power distribution box. This section also describes how
to verify the replacement and how to handle the faulty cables.
11 Appendix
This chapter describes how to check the appearance of metal contact strips, test the connection
of assembled network cables, assemble the shielded RJ45 connector or the unshielded RJ45
connector and the network cable, and use the BSC6900site maintenance record form.
12 Indicators on Components
This chapter describes the indicators on the BSC6900 components.
13 DIP Switches on Components
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 5/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 6/272
Convention Description
Boldface The keywords of a command line are in boldface.
Italic Command arguments are in italics.
[ ] Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional.
{ x | y | ... } Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by
vertical bars. One item is selected.
[ x | y | ... ] Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by
vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.
{ x | y | ... }* Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by
vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all
items can be selected.
[ x | y | ... ]* Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by
vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.
GUI Conventions
The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Convention Description
Boldface Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles
are in boldface. For example, click OK .
> Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">"
signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.
Keyboard Operations
The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
Format Description
Key Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.
Key 1+Key 2 Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt
+A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.
Key 1, Key 2 Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means
the two keys should be pressed in turn.
Mouse Operations
The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 7/272
Action Description
Click Select and release the primary mouse button without moving
the pointer.
Double-click Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and
quickly without moving the pointer.
Drag Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the
pointer to a certain position.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vi
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 8/272
Contents
About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii
1 Change History..............................................................................................................................1
2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations..........................................................................................2
3 Spare Part Preparations................................................................................................................3
4 High-Risk Hardware Operations...............................................................................................5
5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware......................................................................11
5.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room...............................................................................................................12
5.2 Maintenance Items for Power Supply and Grounding System.....................................................................................13
5.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets...................................................................................................................................14
5.4 Maintenance Items for Cables......................................................................................................................................16
6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900.................................................................................................176.1 Distribution of Power Switches....................................................................................................................................18
6.2 Powering On the Cabinet..............................................................................................................................................19
6.3 Powering Off the Cabinet in a Normal Situation.........................................................................................................21
6.4 Powering Off the Cabinet in Emergency Cases...........................................................................................................22
7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly...........................................................................................................23
8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter.....................................................................................25
8.1 Positions of Dust Filters...............................................................................................................................................26
8.2 Cleaning a Dust Filter on the Inner Side of the Cabinet Door.....................................................................................28
8.3 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-22 Cabinet.....................................................................................29
8.4 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-21-N Cabinet................................................................................31
8.5 Replacing a Dust Filter.................................................................................................................................................33
9 Replacing Boards and Modules................................................................................................35
9.1 Precautions on Board Operation...................................................................................................................................39
9.2 Operations of Replacing Boards and Subracks............................................................................................................39
9.2.1 Removing a Board.....................................................................................................................................................39
9.2.2 Removing a Subrack..................................................................................................................................................42
9.2.3 Installing a Subrack...................................................................................................................................................43
9.2.4 Installing a board.......................................................................................................................................................49
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide Contents
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
vii
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 9/272
9.3 Replacing an AEUa Board...........................................................................................................................................51
9.4 Replacing an AOUa/AOUc Board...............................................................................................................................54
9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board...........................................................................................................................................58
9.6 Replacing a DPUb/DPUe Board...................................................................................................................................63
9.7 Replacing a DEUa Board.............................................................................................................................................65
9.8 Replacing an FG2a/FG2c Board...................................................................................................................................68
9.9 Replacing a GCGa/GCGb Board..................................................................................................................................72
9.10 Replacing a GCUa/GCUb Board................................................................................................................................76
9.11 Replacing a GOUc/GOUe Board...............................................................................................................................79
9.12 Replacing a GOUa Board...........................................................................................................................................83
9.13 Replacing a NIUa Board.............................................................................................................................................87
9.14 Replacing an OMU Board..........................................................................................................................................89
9.14.1 Checking OMU Status Before Replacing an OMU Board......................................................................................91
9.14.2 Scenar io: Replacing an OMU Board in Single-OMU Mode...................................................................................96
9.14.3 Scenar io: Replacing the Standby OMU in Dual-OMU Mode...............................................................................122
9.14.4 Scenar io: Replacing OMUa Boards with OMUc Boards......................................................................................138
9.14.5 Scenario: Replacing Active and Standby OMUs in Dual-OMU Mode.................................................................155
9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board...................................................................................................164
9.15 Replacing a PAMU Board........................................................................................................................................170
9.16 Replacing a PEUa/PEUc Board................................................................................................................................173
9.17 Replacing a POUa/POUc Board...............................................................................................................................176
9.18 Replace an SAUa/SAUc Board................................................................................................................................181
9.19 Replacing an SCUa/SCUb Board.............................................................................................................................185
9.20 Replacing a UOIa/UOIc Board.................................................................................................................................189
9.21 Replacing an SPUa Board........................................................................................................................................193
9.22 Replacing an SPUb/SPUc Board..............................................................................................................................196
9.23 Replacing a Subrack.................................................................................................................................................199
9.24 Replacing the Independent Fan Subrack..................................................................................................................203
9.25 Replacing the Power Distribution Box.....................................................................................................................205
9.26 Replacing a Fan Assembly.......................................................................................................................................208
9.27 Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module....................................................................................................................211
9.28 Replacing an Optical Splitter/Combiner...................................................................................................................214
10 Replacing a cable.....................................................................................................................217
10.1 Replacing a Power Cable..........................................................................................................................................219
10.2 Replacing Cabinet PGND Cable..............................................................................................................................221
10.3 Replacing an E1/T1 Cable........................................................................................................................................223
10.4 Replacing a Fiber Optic Cable..................................................................................................................................224
10.5 Replace an Ethernet Cable........................................................................................................................................226
10.6 Replacing a Clock Signal Cable...............................................................................................................................229
10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped Clock Cable.........................................................................................................................230
10.8 Replacing an EMU RS485 Communication Cable..................................................................................................232
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide Contents
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
viii
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 10/272
10.9 Replacing an Alarm Box Signal Cable.....................................................................................................................233
10.10 Replacing the PDB Monitoring Signal Cable.........................................................................................................235
10.11 Replacing the Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack............................................................236
10.12 Replacing an SFP+ High-Speed Cable...................................................................................................................238
11 Appendix...................................................................................................................................240
11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap....................................................................................................................................241
11.2 Checking the Appearance of Metal Contact Strips...................................................................................................242
11.3 Testing the Connection of Assembled Ethernet Cables...........................................................................................244
11.4 Assembling the Shielded RJ45 Connector and the Ethernet Cable..........................................................................247
11.5 Assembling the Unshielded RJ45 Connector and the Ethernet Cable......................................................................254
11.6 BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form................................................................................................................256
11.7 Principles of Installing the Signal Cables.................................................................................................................256
12 Indicators on Components.....................................................................................................260
13 DIP Switches on Components..............................................................................................262
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide Contents
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ix
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 11/272
1 Change History
This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, including function changes and editorial changes. Function changes refer
to changes in functions of a specific product version. Editorial changes refer to changes in
wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version.
01 (2015-03-25)
This issue does not include any changes.
Draft A (2015-01-15)
The following table lists changes compared with V900R016C00 02 (2014-05-31):
Change Type Change Description
Function change Added Added the descriptions of the ASUa board. For details,
see 9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board.
Modified Added the descriptions of the ASUa board in the
following chapters.
l 12 Indicators on Components
l 3 Spare Part Preparations
l 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
Deleted None.
Editorial change None.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 1 Change History
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 12/272
2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations
This chapter describes the tools required for BSC6900 site maintenance. The tools must be placed
in the equipment room or nearby places for easy use.
Table 2-1 lists the maintenance items and tools for the BSC6900.
Table 2-1 Tools required for BSC6900 site maintenance
Item Tool
Cleaning a fan
assembly and a
dust filter
ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, vacuum cleaner, ESD soft brush,
and clean cotton yarn cloth
Replacing a board ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, ESD boxor bag, clean cotton yarn cloth, and fiber cleaner
Replacing a fan
assembly and a
subrack
ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, ESD box
or bag, diagonal pliers, clean cotton yarn cloth, and fiber cleaner
Replacing a cable ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, network
cable tester, RJ45 crimping tool, diagonal pliers, clean cotton yarn cloth,
fiber cleaner, tool gloves, and ESD gloves
Site maintenance tools include the ESD wrist strap, ESD box or bag, ESD gloves, tool gloves,
Phillips screwdriver, flat-head screwdriver, RJ45 crimping tool, diagonal pliers, fiber cleaner,
network cable tester, clean cotton yarn cloth, vacuum cleaner, and ESD soft brush.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 2 Site Maintenance Tool Preparations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 13/272
3 Spare Part Preparations
This chapter describes the spare parts that should be prepared in the equipment rooms or a nearby
place for BSC6900 site maintenance.
Principles
When preparing spare boards for the BSC6900, adhere to the following principles:
l When a board works in stand-alone mode, services on the board are interrupted once it is
faulty. Therefore, spare boards for boards working in stand-alone mode have the high
priorities.
l When a board is configured in a resource pool, services on the board will not be interrupted
even if the board is faulty. The board fault, however, deteriorates certain system
performance. Therefore, spare boards for boards in a in a resource pool have medium priorities.
l The filler panel is used for cabinet encapsulation and ventilation. It also facilitates the
electromagnetic shielding and tidiness of the cabinet. Therefore, spare filler panels have
medium priorities.
l For boards working in active/standby mode, if the active board becomes faulty, services
on the active board will be automatically switched over to the standby board. Such a
switchover does not affect normal system operation. Therefore, spare boards for boards
working in active/standby mode have low priorities.
Suggestions
Table 3-1 describes the suggestions for the BSC6900 spare part preparations.
Table 3-1 Suggestions on how to prepare BSC6900 spare parts
Spare Part Quantity
Fan assembly One for each site
Filler panel Two for each site
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 3 Spare Part Preparations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 14/272
Spare Part Quantity
Board l One SCUa/SCUb, GCUa/GCGa/GCUb/GCGb, SPUa/SPUb/SPUc,
and OMUa/OMUc for each site
l One AEUa, AOUa/AOUc, ASUa, DEUa, DPUb/DPUe, GOUa/GOUc/GOUe,POUa, UOIa/UOIc for each site if the board has been
configured.
Optical module One for each site if an optical module has been configured
NOTE
You can also apply for a specific number of spare parts based on site configuration and according to the
spare part distribution model.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 3 Spare Part Preparations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 15/272
4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
High-risk hardware operations include installing boards and replacing boards, both of which
have the same impact. Exercise caution when installing or replacing a board because this
operation may interrupt services or result in a system power outage. Perform this operation as
quickly as possible when traffic is light to minimize the impact on the system.
High-Risk Operations Impact
9.3 Replacing an AEUa
Board
l Replacing the standby AEU has no adverse impact on the
system. When no standby AEU is in position, replacing
the board interrupts services carried on this board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using
only an AEU board, replacing the AEU board interrupts
ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer equipment.
9.4 Replacing an AOUa/
AOUc Board
l Replacing the standby AOU has no adverse impact on the
system. If no standby AOU is in position, replacing the
board interrupts services carried on this board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using
only an AOU board, replacing the AOU board interrupts
ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer
equipment.
9.5 Replacing the ASUa
Board
Replacing the ASU board interrupts all the services carried on
the board.
9.6 Replacing a DPUb/
DPUe Board
Replacing the DPU board interrupts all the services carried on
the board.
9.7 Replacing a DEUa
Board
Replacing the DEUa board takes the BSC an extended period
to perform seamless crystal voice processing on AMR voice
packets. This yields less significant voice quality
improvements but does not negatively affect voice services.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 16/272
High-Risk Operations Impact
9.8 Replacing an FG2a/
FG2c Board
l If the FG2 board is standby and the data over the port on
the FG2 board are backed up, replacing the standby FG2
board has no adverse impact on the system.l When the FG2 boards work in backup mode and the ports
work in load sharing mode, replacing the standby FG2
board interrupts part of services if the traffic over the ports
exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active board.
When the FG2 boards work in backup mode with
independent ports, replacing the standby FG2 board
interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.
l Replacing an FG2 board working in stand-alone mode
interrupts all the services on the board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using
only an FG2 board, replacing the FG2 board interruptsongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer
equipment.
9.11 Replacing a GOUc/
GOUe Board
9.12 Replacing a GOUa
Board
l If the GOU board is standby and the data over the port on
the GOU board are backed up, replacing the standby GOU
board has no adverse impact on the system.
l When the GOU boards work in backup mode and the ports
work in load sharing mode, replacing the standby GOU
board interrupts part of services if the total traffic over the
ports exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active
board. When the GOU boards work in backup mode withindependent ports, replacing the standby GOU board
interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.
l Replacing a GOU board working in stand-alone mode
interrupts the services on that board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using
only a GOU board, replacing the GOU board interrupts
ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer
equipment.
9.13 Replacing a NIUa
Board
Replacing the NIU board interrupts all the services carried on
the board.
9.14 Replacing an OMU
Board
Replacing the OMU board interrupts all the services carried
on the board.
9.15 Replacing a PAMU
Board
Replacing the PAMU board interrupts the monitoring on the
BSC6900 PDB.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 17/272
High-Risk Operations Impact
9.16 Replacing a PEUa/
PEUc Board
l Replacing the standby PEU has no adverse impact on the
system. Replacing the PEU board working in stand-alone
mode, however, interrupts services carried on this board.l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using
only a PEU board, replacing the PEU board interrupts
ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer
equipment.
9.17 Replacing a POUa/
POUc Board
l Replacing the standby POU has no adverse impact on the
system. Replacing the POU board working in stand-alone
mode, however, interrupts services carried by the subrack
that houses the board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using
only a POU board, replacing the POU board interrupts
ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer
equipment.
9.18 Replace an SAUa/
SAUc Board
Replacing the SAU board working in stand-alone mode will
interrupt the communication between the host boards and the
SAU, which results in system data loss.
9.19 Replacing an SCUa/
SCUb Board
l Replacing the standby SCU board decreases the internal
switching capacity but has no impact on services.
l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCU board
in the MPS resets all boards in the BSC6900 and interrupts
all ongoing services in the BSC6900.l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCU board
in the EPS resets all boards in the subrack and interrupts
all ongoing services. In addition, the communication
between the EPS and the MPS is interrupted.
9.20 Replacing a UOIa/
UOIc Board
9.21 Replacing an SPUa
Board
l Replacing the standby UOI board has no adverse impact
on the system. When no standby UOI board is in position,
replacing the board interrupts services carried on this
board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using
only a UOI board, replacing the UOI board interruptsongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer
equipment.
9.22 Replacing an SPUb/
SPUc Board
l Replacing the standby main control SPU board has no
adverse impact on the services in the system. Replacing
the main control SPU board working in stand-alone mode,
however, interrupts services carried on the subrack.
l Replacing the standby non main control SPU board has no
adverse impact on the services in the system. Replacing
the non main control SPU board working in stand-alone
mode, however, interrupts services carried on the board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 18/272
High-Risk Operations Impact
9.23 Replacing a Subrack l Replacing a subrack interrupts services carried on the
boards in the subrack.
l Replace a subrack with caution quickly when traffic islight, for example, in the early morning.
l A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, a 3-person
group is recommended when replacing the subrack.
9.24 Replacing the
Independent Fan Subrack
Moving the mounting bar and guide rail may scuff the PGND
cables and monitoring signal cables during the component
replacement. Exercise caution when performing this
operation.
9.25 Replacing the Power
Distribution Box
l Replacing the power distribution box in the EPR/TCR
interrupts all the services carried by the EPR/TCR.
l Replacing the power distribution box in the MPR
interrupts all the services carried by the entire BSC6900.
9.26 Replacing a Fan
Assembly
Replacing the fan assembly severely affects the heat
dissipation. You are advised to replace the fan assembly
within one minute. Otherwise, the boards will be damaged due
to high temperature.
9.27 Replacing a Pluggable
Optical Module
l Replacing the pluggable optical module on the standby
optical interface board does not affect the system.
l If there is no standby board in position, replacing the
pluggable optical module on the active optical interface board interrupts all the services carried on the board.
9.28 Replacing an Optical
Splitter/Combiner
l When replacing the optical splitter/combiner, do not look
into the optical port without eye protection.
l Replacing an optical splitter/combiner interrupts ongoing
services on the corresponding interface boards. Therefore,
replace it during low-traffic hours, for example, at
midnight.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 19/272
High-Risk Operations Impact
10.1 Replacing a Power
Cable
l During the replacement of the power cable between the
PDF and the power distribution box, if single-input
external power is supplied, the replacement causes thesystem to power off and interrupts ongoing services. If
dual-input external power is supplied, the replacement
does not affect the system but triggers a power failure
alarm.
l During the replacement of the power cable between the
power distribution box and the subrack, if single-input
power is supplied, the replacement causes the subrack to
power off and interrupts ongoing services carried on the
boards in the subrack. If dual-input power is supplied, the
replacement does not affect the system.
l During the replacement of the power cable between the power distribution box and the independent fan subrack,
if single-input power is supplied, the replacement causes
the subrack to power off and affects the system heat
dissipation. If dual-input power is supplied, the
replacement does not affect the system.
l Before replacing a power cable, check the power supply
mode (for example, single input or dual input) of the power
cable and notify of the customers. For single-input power
supply, be prepared for possible service interruption.
10.3 Replacing an E1/T1
Cable
l Replacing the E1/T1 cable interrupts the services carried
over the E1/T1 cable.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer end are connected using only
the E1/T1 cable, all the services between the BSC6900 and
its peer end are interrupted during the replacement.
10.4 Replacing a Fiber
Optic Cable
l Do not look directly at connectors of the fiber optic cables
when replacing the fiber optic cable. The beam may hurt
your eyes.
l When the BSC6900 and other NEs are connected in optical
port backup mode, replacing one fiber optic cable does not
affect system services. However, the replacement
interrupts all the services carried on this cable in other
connection mode.
l When the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected
using only the fiber optic cable, replacing this cable
interrupts all the services between the BSC6900 and its
peer NEs.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 20/272
High-Risk Operations Impact
10.5 Replace an Ethernet
Cable
l Replacing the Ethernet cable connected to the LMT
interrupts the communication between the LMT and the
OMU.l The Port Trunking function is used in the interconnection
ports on the inter-subrack SCU board. Replacing one
Ethernet cable does not affect the system.
l For the interface board, if the BSC6900 is connected to the
peer equipment only through the Ethernet cable, replacing
this cable interrupts all the services between the
BSC6900 and its peer NEs.
l The OMU board is equipped with a pair of Ethernet cables
for backup. Replacing one of them does not affect the
system.
10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped
Clock Cable
Replacing a Y-shaped clock cable may cause a clock-related
alarm and an automatic switchover between the active and
standby SCU boards.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 4 High-Risk Hardware Operations
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 21/272
5 Routine Maintenance Items for the
Hardware
About This Chapter
This chapter describes the routine maintenance of the BSC6900 hardware. Different
maintenance items require different maintenance methods.
5.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room
This section describes the maintenance items in the BSC6900 equipment room. The items
include the environmental alarm, anti-theft device, door and window, temperature, humidity,
indoor air conditioner, and dustproof condition.
5.2 Maintenance Items for Power Supply and Grounding System
This section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 power supply and the grounding
system. The maintenance items include power cables, voltage, protection ground (PGND)
cables, components inside the cabinet, ground resistance, batteries, and rectifiers.
5.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets
This section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 cabinet. The maintenance items
include fans, dust filters, cabinet surface, locks and doors of cabinet, cabinet cleanness, fan
assembly cleanness, ESD wrist strap, cabinet components, and idle optical ports on boards.
5.4 Maintenance Items for Cables
This section describes the cable maintenance items of the BSC6900. The maintenance itemsinclude cable labels, connectors and sockets, connection of E1/T1 cables, connection of Ethernet
cables, and connection of fiber optic cables.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 22/272
5.1 Maintenance Items for the Equipment Room
This section describes the maintenance items in the BSC6900 equipment room. The items
include the environmental alarm, anti-theft device, door and window, temperature, humidity,
indoor air conditioner, and dustproof condition.
Table 5-1 lists the maintenance items in the equipment room.
Table 5-1 Maintenance items in the equipment room
Item Checking Frequency
Procedure ReferenceStandard
Room environment Daily Check whether power
supply alarms, fire
alarms, and smoke
and dust alarms are
reported.
No power supply
alarm, fire alarm, or
smoke alarm is
reported.
Anti-theft device,
door, and window
Weekly Check the anti-theft
device, door, and
window.
The anti-theft device,
door, and window are
in good condition.
Room temperature Daily Check the
thermometer in the
equipment room.
The temperature is
between 15°C and 30°
C.
Room humidity Daily Check the hygrometer in the equipment
room.
The humidity is between 40% and
65%.
Indoor air
conditioner
Weekly Check the running
status of the air
conditioner.
The air conditioner
works properly. The
temperature set on the
air conditioner is
consistent with that
on the thermometer.
Dustproof condition Weekly Check the cleanness
of the equipmentshell, equipment
interior, floor, and
desktop.
Neat and clean, clear
of obvious dust.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 23/272
5.2 Maintenance Items for Power Supply and Grounding
SystemThis section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 power supply and the grounding
system. The maintenance items include power cables, voltage, protection ground (PGND)
cables, components inside the cabinet, ground resistance, batteries, and rectifiers.
Table 5-2 lists the maintenance items of the power supply and the grounding system.
Table 5-2 Maintenance items of the power supply and the grounding system
Item Checking Frequency
Procedure Reference Standard
Power Cables Monthly or quarterly
Check all the power cables between the power supply
system and power
distribution box of the
cabinet.
l The power cables are notaging.
l The ground cables are
securely connected. The
connection points are not
corroded.
Voltage Monthly or
quarterly
Measure the voltage of the
power supply by using a
multimeter.
The normal voltage ranges
from -57 V DC to -40 V DC.
Ground cables Monthly or
quarterly
Check all ground cables
and ground bars.
l The ground cables are not
aging.
l The ground cables are
securely connected. The
connection points are not
corroded.
l The ground bars are not
corroded. Proper anti-
corrosion measures are
applied.
Components
inside thecabinet
Monthly or
quarterly
Check the connection
terminals and captivescrews of all the ground
cables.
l The ground cables are not
aging.
l The ground cables are
securely connected. The
connection points are not
corroded.
l The connection terminals
and captive screws are
securely and reliably
connected, and they are
not corroded.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 24/272
Item Checking Frequency
Procedure Reference Standard
ground
resistance
Monthly or
quarterly
Measure the ground
resistance with an electricground resistance tester
and keep a record.
The ground resistance is less
than or equal to 10 ohms.
Battery and
rectifier
Yearly Check the batteries and
rectifiers of the power
supply system in
equipment room.
l The batteries are normal.
There is no battery
leakage, swelling, or
corrosion.
l The capacity of the battery
meets the requirements
and the connection of the
battery is correct.
l The specifications of the
rectifier meet the
requirements.
5.3 Maintenance Items for Cabinets
This section describes the maintenance items of the BSC6900 cabinet. The maintenance items
include fans, dust filters, cabinet surface, locks and doors of cabinet, cabinet cleanness, fan
assembly cleanness, ESD wrist strap, cabinet components, and idle optical ports on boards.
Table 5-3 lists the maintenance items of the BSC cabinet.
Table 5-3 Maintenance items of the cabinet
ItemChecking Frequency
Procedure Reference Standard
Fans in each
subrack
Weekly or
monthly
Check the fans in each
subrack.
The fans work properly
without any abnormal
sounds such as a sound of
the blades scraping against
the fan assembly.
Dust filters of
each cabinetQuarterly
Check the dust filters of
each cabinet.
The dust filters are not
dusty or damaged. Clean
the dirty dust filter by
referring to 8 Cleaning
and Replacing a Dust
Filter. Replace the
damaged dust filter
according to 8.5 Replacing
a Dust Filter.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 25/272
ItemChecking Frequency
Procedure Reference Standard
Cabinet surface Monthly or quarterly
Check whether the cabinet
surface is intact andwhether the cables on the
cabinet are legible.
The cabinet surface is
intact and the labels arelegible.
Check locks
and doors on
the cabinet
Monthly or
quarterly
Check whether the lock of
the cabinet works properly
and whether the door can
be opened and closed
without obstructions.
The locks and the doors on
the cabinet work properly.
Check cabinet
cleanness
Monthly or
quarterly
Check whether the cabinet
is clean.
The cabinet surface is
clean. The interior of the
cabinet is not dusty.
Check fan
assembly
cleanness
Yearly
For details on how to clean
the fan assembly, see 7
Cleaning a Fan
Assembly.
No dust or damage on the
surface of or inside each
fan assembly.
Inside of the
cabinet
Monthly or
quarterly
Check the indicators of
every component inside
the cabinet.
The indicators show that
every component is in good
condition. For details about
the descriptions of the
indicators, see Fan
Assembly (Configured
with the PFCU Board), and
Indicators on Components.
ESD wrist strap Quarterly
Measure the grounding
resistance of the ESD wrist
strap in either of the
following ways:
l Use an ESD wrist strap
tester to test the ESD
wrist strap.
l Use a multimeter to test
the ground resistance
of the ESD wrist strap.
l When you use an ESD
wrist strap tester, the
GOOD indicator on it is
ON.
l If you are using a
multimeter, the ground
resistance is between
0.8 megohm and 1.2megohms.
Protection of
the idle optical
ports on boards
Monthly or
quarterly
Check dust-proof caps on
the idle optical ports.
The idle optical ports are
covered with dust-proof
caps.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 26/272
5.4 Maintenance Items for Cables
This section describes the cable maintenance items of the BSC6900. The maintenance items
include cable labels, connectors and sockets, connection of E1/T1 cables, connection of Ethernet
cables, and connection of fiber optic cables.
Table 5-4 lists the maintenance items of the cables.
Table 5-4 Maintenance items of cables
ItemChecking Frequency
Procedure Reference Standard
Connectors andsockets
Monthly or quarterly
Check whether there is
dust or oil on the
insulator surface of
every connector or
socket.
The insulators of the
connector or of the socket
are clean.
Connection of
E1/T1 cablesYearly
Check the connections
of the E1/T1 cables.
l The E1/T1 cables are
properly connected.
l The E1/T1 cables are
intact.
l The cable labels are
legible.
Connection of
Ethernet cablesYearly
Check the connections
of the Ethernet cables.
l The Ethernet cables are properly connected.
l The Ethernet cables are
intact.
l The cable labels are
legible.
Connection of
fiber opticcables
Yearly Check the connectionsof the optical fiber.
l The fiber optic cables
are properly connected.
l The fiber optic cables
are intact.
l The idle optical
connectors are covered
with dust-proof caps.
l The cable labels are
legible.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 5 Routine Maintenance Items for the Hardware
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 27/272
6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
About This Chapter
This section describes how to power on and off the BSC6900. It includes the distribution of the
power switches, power-on, normal power-off, and emergency power-off of the cabinet.
6.1 Distribution of Power Switches
The power distribution box of the MPR/EPR provides 20 (10 x 2) routes of power outputs. This
section descr ibes the mapping between the eight routes of power outputs from the power
distribution box of the MPR/EPR and the components in the cabinet.
6.2 Powering On the Cabinet
This section describes how to power on the BSC6900 cabinet and how to handle common power failures in the components of the cabinet.
6.3 Powering Off the Cabinet in a Normal Situation
This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in a normal situation. You must
power off the BSC6900 cabinet when relocating the equipment or before a forecast territorial
power blackout. Powering off the BSC6900 cabinet interrupts all ongoing services. Therefore,
you should power off the BSC6900 only when required.
6.4 Powering Off the Cabinet in Emergency Cases
This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in emergency cases. To ensure
the security of the BSC6900 cabinet, the BSC6900 cabinet must be powered off in emergency
cases, such as fire, smoke, or water immersion.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 28/272
6.1 Distribution of Power Switches
The power distribution box of the MPR/EPR provides 20 (10 x 2) routes of power outputs. Thissection describes the mapping between the eight routes of power outputs from the power
distribution box of the MPR/EPR and the components in the cabinet.
The power distribution box of the MPR/EPR provides eight routes of power outputs in two
groups (group A and group B), which are controlled by switches A7 to A10 and B7 to B10
respectively. Figure 6-1 shows the mapping between the power switches on the power
distribution box and the components in the MPR/EPR/TCR. Table 6-1 lists the mapping between
the power switches and the components.
Figure 6-1 Distribution of power switches on the power distribution box of the MPR/EPR
Table 6-1 Mapping between the power switches and the components in the MPR/EPR
Component Power Switch on the Power Distribution Box
Subrack 2 A8, B8
Subrack 1 A9, B9
Subrack 0 A10, B10
Independent fan subrack A7, B7
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 29/272
NOTE
The independent fan subrack is configured in only the N68E-22 cabinet (controlled by power switches A7 and
B7).
6.2 Powering On the CabinetThis section describes how to power on the BSC6900 cabinet and how to handle common power
failures in the components of the cabinet.
Prerequisites
l The surface of the input power cables is not damaged. The input power cables are correctly
and securely connected.
l The green and yellow PGND cable for the cabinet is properly connected.
l The switches on the power distribution box are set to OFF.
NOTICEEnsure that the Checking and Setting DIP Switches on Subracks operation is performed before
the cabinet is powered on. After the cabinet is powered on, any modification to the setting of a
DIP switch on a subrack does not take effect.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the switch that controls the BSC6900 power supply on the PDF to ON.
Step 2 When the RUN indicator on the front panel of the power distribution box blinks every other
0.25s, set the switches on the power distribution box to ON according to the actual requirements.
Step 3 Check the power supply to the cabinet components, as listed in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2 Checklist for the power supply to the cabinet components
Component Normal indicator Status
Board The green RUN indicator on the board panel first blinks
0.125s on and 0.125s off. After the board is loaded, the
indicator blinks one second on and one second off.
Fan box The green RUN indicator on the panel of the fan box
first blinks 0.125s on and 0.125s off, and then the
indicator blinks one second on and one second off after
the subrack/independent fan subrack is powered on.
Power distribution monitor board The green RUN indicator on the board panel first blinks
0.25s on and 0.25s off. After the board is loaded, the
indicator blinks one second on and one second off.
Step 4Power on the cabinet and then check the power supply to the components in the cabinet. Clear
the power failures, if any, according to Table 6-3.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 30/272
Table 6-3 Handling power failures in the components in the cabinet
Failure Type Handling Measures
Power failure in all the internal
parts of the cabinet
Check whether the -48 V power cables and the RTN power
cables (DC Return) are properly connected.
l If the cable connection is wrong, set all the power
switches on the power distribution box to OFF, and then
reconnect the power cables.
NOTICE
Set the switches on the PDF to OFF before reconnecting the
power cables.
l If the cable connection is correct, replace the PAMU
board (overvoltage protection board for the power
distribution box). If the failure persists, replace the
power distribution box.
Power failure in all the boards
in a subrack
Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage of the
subrack.
l If the input voltage is between -57 V and -40 V, replace
the subrack.
l If the input voltage is not between -57 V and -40 V, check
the connections of the power cables. If the connections
of the power cables are loose, set the switch on the power
distribution box corresponding to the subrack to OFF
and then reconnect the power cables. Otherwise, replace
the power distribution box because the switches on it
may be faulty.
Power failure in a certain board
in a subrack
Perform the following operations:
1. Check whether the board is securely connected. If the
board is not securely connected, reinstall the board and
observe the board indicator. For the status of the
indicators, refer to Indicators on Components.
2. Remove the board and check whether the pins in the
backplane socket of the slot are distorted, broken, or
missing. If the socket is damaged, replace the faulty
subrack.
3. Reinsert the board into the slot and observe the boardindicator. For the status of the indicators, refer to
Indicators on Components.
4. If the indicator does not function properly, remove the
board and insert it into a vacant slot that houses the same
type of board. Then, observe the indicator.
l If the board functions properlythe slot is faulty.
Replace the subrack.
l If the fault persists, the board is faulty. Replace the
board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 31/272
Failure Type Handling Measures
Power failure in any other part
of the cabinet
Use a multimeter to measure the input voltage of the faulty
component.
l If the input voltage is between -57 V and -40 V, replacethe component.
l If the input voltage is not between -57 V and -40 V, check
the connections of power cables. If the connections of
the power cables are loose, set the switch on the power
distribution box corresponding to the component to OFF
and then reconnect the power cables. Otherwise, replace
the power distribution box because the switch on it may
be faulty.
----End
6.3 Powering Off the Cabinet in a Normal Situation
This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in a normal situation. You must
power off the BSC6900 cabinet when relocating the equipment or before a forecast territorial
power blackout. Powering off the BSC6900 cabinet interrupts all ongoing services. Therefore,
you should power off the BSC6900 only when required.
Prerequisitesl The green and yellow PGND cable for the cabinet is properly connected.
l Backing Up and Restoring the GBSS&RAN System Data is complete on the BSC6900.
Context
To minimize the adverse impact on the BSC6900, power off the EPR before you power off the
MPR.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the power switches corresponding to the subracks configured in the EPR. Set the power
switches A7 to A10 and B7 to B10, SW1 to SW6 on the power distribution box to OFF in
sequence.
Step 2 Power off the OMU board.
If... Then...
The OMUa board is configured Raise the ejector levers of the OMU board.
If OMUc board is configured Press the PWRBTN button on the OMUc
board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 32/272
NOTE
Repeat this step if two OMUa boards are configured in the subrack. When you flip raise the ejector levers,
the board automatically powers off the operating system and hard disks. Then, the OFFLINE indicator on
the board is ON, which indicates that the board is powered off.
Step 3 After the OFFLINE indicator on the OMU board is ON, set the power switches A7 to A10 and
B7 to B10, SW1 to SW6 on the power distribution box to OFF in sequence.
Step 4 Lower the ejector levers of the OMU board until they are in position.
Step 5 Set the switches that control the power supply on the PDF to OFF.
----End
6.4 Powering Off the Cabinet in Emergency Cases
This section describes how to power off the BSC6900 cabinet in emergency cases. To ensurethe security of the BSC6900 cabinet, the BSC6900 cabinet must be powered off in emergency
cases, such as fire, smoke, or water immersion.
Procedure
Step 1 Set all the switches on the power distribution box of the BSC6900 cabinet to OFF.
Step 2 If time permits, set the switches that control the power supply to the BSC6900 on the PDF to
OFF.
----End
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 6 Powering On/Off the BSC6900
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 33/272
7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly
This chapter describes how to clean a fan assembly. To ensure its long-term operation,
maintenance engineers must clean all the fan assemblies on a regular basis, preferably once a
year.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a piece of clean cotton yarn cloth,
an ESD soft brush, a vacuum cleaner, and a Phillips screwdriver.
l A cleaned spare fan assembly is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
NOTICEReplacing a fan assembly during the cleaning severely affects heat dissipation. The time during
which there is no fan assembly in the lower part of the subrack must be as short as possible,
preferably less than one minute. Otherwise, the boards will be damaged due to high temperature.
Procedure
Step 1 Use the clean cotton yarn cloth, ESD soft brush, and vacuum cleaner to clean the spare fan
assembly.
Step 2Open the front door of the cabinet and loosen the two captive screws on the fan assembly with
a Phillips screwdriver.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 34/272
Step 3 Pull the fan assembly out from the cabinet.
DANGERDo not put your fingers into the fan assembly. The running fan or metal edges in the fan assembly
will injure your fingers.
Step 4 Install the spare fan assembly into the cabinet and then fasten the captive screws to secure the
fan assembly.
Step 5 Use the clean cotton yarn cloth, ESD soft brush, and vacuum cleaner to clean the removed fan
assembly for future use.
Step 6 Repeat Step 2 through Step 5 to replace other fan assemblies.
----End
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 7 Cleaning a Fan Assembly
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 35/272
8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
About This Chapter
The dust filters in the BSC6900 cabinet protect the boards and the BSC from dust and must be
cleaned on a r egular basis. If a dust filter is damaged, you must replace it with a new one in time.
8.1 Positions of Dust Filters
dust filters ar e installed on the inner side of the front and rear doors, and at the bottom of the
BSC6900 cabinet. The installation positions of the dust filters are different in the N68E-22
cabinet and in the N68E-21-N cabinet.
8.2 Cleaning a Dust Filter on the Inner Side of the Cabinet Door
This section describes how to clean the dust filters on the inner side of the BSC6900 cabinetdoor. Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filters on a regular basis, preferably once every
quarter.
8.3 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-22 Cabinet
This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet.
Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis,
preferably once every quarter.
8.4 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-21-N Cabinet
This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom. Maintenance
engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis, preferably
once every quarter.
8.5 Replacing a Dust Filter
This section describes how to replace a worn-out BSC6900 dust filter with a new BSC6900 dust
filter. It takes about five minutes to remove a dust filter and install a new one.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 36/272
8.1 Positions of Dust Filters
dust filters are installed on the inner side of the front and rear doors, and at the bottom of the
BSC6900 cabinet. The installation positions of the dust filters are different in the N68E-22
cabinet and in the N68E-21-N cabinet.
Dust Filters in the N68E-22 Cabinet
Figure 8-1 shows the positions of the dust filters in the single-door N68E-22 cabinet. Figure
8-2 shows the positions of the dust filters in the double-door N68E-22 cabinet.
Figure 8-1 Dust filters in the single-door N68E-22 cabinet
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 37/272
Figure 8-2 Dust filters in the double-door N68E-22 cabinet
Dust Filters Installed in the N68E-21-N Cabinet
Figure 8-3 shows the dust filters in the N68E-21-N cabinet.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 38/272
Figure 8-3 Dust filters installed in the N68E-21-N cabinet
8.2 Cleaning a Dust Filter on the Inner Side of the CabinetDoor
This section describes how to clean the dust filters on the inner side of the BSC6900 cabinet
door. Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filters on a regular basis, preferably once every
quarter.
Prerequisites
Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a piece of clean and dry cotton yarn
cloth, and a vacuum cleaner.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 39/272
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
Procedure
Step 1 Open the cabinet door and strip off the black dust filter from the inside of the door.
Step 2 Clean the inside metal surface of the cabinet door with the clean and dry cotton yarn cloth, andthe dust filter with the vacuum cleaner.
NOTICE
Do not use water to clean the dust filter. The water has the risk of damaging the dust filter.
You can use the vacuum cleaner to clean it.
Step 3Stick the clean dust filter along the edges of the inside of the door.
NOTICE
Attach the dust filter tightly to the binding strips to prevent it from falling. Use new binding
strips if the old ones cannot work.
----End
8.3 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-22Cabinet
This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet.
Maintenance engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis,
preferably once every quarter.
Prerequisites
Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a wrench, a Phillips screwdriver, a piece
of clean and dry cotton yarn cloth, and a vacuum cleaner.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 40/272
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove the cables from the air defense frame, and use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the four
nuts on the air defense frame. Then pull out the air defense frame.
Step 2 Open the front door of the N68E-22 cabinet and then remove the four nuts from the dust filter
with a wrench, as shown in Figure 8-4.
Figure 8-4 Removing the dust filter from the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet
Step 3 Hold the panel of the dust filter frame with both hands and lift the frame slightly to raise the
panel higher than the screws fixing the ground cables at the bottom of the cabinet. Then, pull
the frame out of the cabinet slowly and completely.
Step 4 Clean the dust filter with the cotton yarn cloth and vacuum cleaner.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 41/272
NOTICE
Do not use water to clean the dust filter. The water has the risk of damaging the dust filter.
You can use the vacuum cleaner to clean it.
Step 5 Insert the clean dust filter carefully along the guide rails into the cabinet. Do not push it.
Step 6 After the dust filter is in place, fix the four nuts on the dust filter frame with a wrench, as shown
in Figure 8-5.
Figure 8-5 Installing the dust filter at the bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet
----End
8.4 Cleaning a Dust Filter at the Bottom of the N68E-21-NCabinet
This section describes how to clean the dust filter at the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom. Maintenance
engineers must clean the dust filter at the bottom of each cabinet on a regular basis, preferably
once every quar ter.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 42/272
Prerequisites
Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a piece of dry
cotton yarn cloth, and a vacuum cleaner.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
Procedure
Step 1 Open the front door of the N68E-21-N cabinet. Then, remove the two screws from the dust filter
with a Phillips screwdriver, as shown in Figure 8-6.
Figure 8-6 Removing the dust filter from the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom
Step 2 Hold the handle on the frame of the dust filter and vertically lift the dust filter slowly until it is
removed from the cabinet.
Step 3 Clean the dust filter with the cotton yarn cloth and vacuum cleaner.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 43/272
NOTICE
Do not use water to clean the dust filter. The water has the risk of damaging the dust filter.
You can use the vacuum cleaner to clean it.
Step 4 Insert with care the dry and clean dust filter along the guide rails into the cabinet, as shown in
Figure 8-7.
Figure 8-7 Installing the dust filter at the N68E-21-N cabinet bottom
Step 5 After the dust filter is in position, fasten the two screws on the dust filter frame with the Phillips
screwdriver.
----End
8.5 Replacing a Dust Filter
This section describes how to replace a worn-out BSC6900 dust filter with a new BSC6900 dust
filter. It takes about five minutes to remove a dust filter and install a new one.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap and a Phillips screwdriver.
l The spare BSC6900 dust filters are ready.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 44/272
Context
NOTICETo protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove the dust filter in the cabinet.
If... Then...
The dust filter is installed at the bottom of
the cabinet
Use a Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two
captive screws. Then remove the dust filter.
The dust filter is installed at the inner side
of the front or rear door
Remove the dust filter directly.
Step 2 Install a new dust filter.
If... Then...
The dust filter needs to be installed at the
bottom of the N68E-22 cabinet
Install the dust filter to its original place. Then
use the Phillips screwdriver to fasten the
screws.
The dust filter needs to be installed at the
bottom of the N68E-21-N cabinet
Insert the dust filter along the guide rails and
tighten the screws with the Phillips screwdriver.
The dust filter is installed at the inner side
of the front or rear door
Attach the black dust filter onto the inner side
of the front or rear door. The dust filter must be
tightly attached to the black binding strips to
prevent the dust filter from falling.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose of the replaced dust filters to prevent environmental pollution.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 8 Cleaning and Replacing a Dust Filter
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 45/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 46/272
This section describes how to replace a BSC6900 board. The replacement operations include
removing a board, removing a subrack, installing a board and installing a subrack.
9.3 Replacing an AEUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty AEUa board. The AEUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about eight minutes to replace the board.
9.4 Replacing an AOUa/AOUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty AOUa/AOUc board. The AOUa/AOUc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board
This section describes how to replace the ASUa board when it becomes faulty. The ASUa board
supports hot swap. It takes about 15 minutes to remove the ASUa and load a new one.
9.6 Replacing a DPUb/DPUe Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty DPUb/DPUe board. The DPUb/DPUe board is
hot-swappable. It takes about 2 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the timesoftware is successfully loaded on the new board.
9.7 Replacing a DEUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty DEUa board. The DEUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about 4 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the time software is
successfully loaded on the new board.
9.8 Replacing an FG2a/FG2c Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty FG2a/FG2c board. The FG2a/FG2c board is hot
swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
9.9 Replacing a GCGa/GCGb Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty GCGa/GCGb board. The replacement scenariosinclude: replacing a GCGa board with another GCGa, replacing a GCGb board with another
GCGb board, replacing a GCGb board with a GCGa board, replacing a GCGa board with a
GCGb board. The GCGa/GCGb aboard is hot-swa ppable. It takes about 5 minutes from the time
cables on the board are disconnected to the time software is successfully loaded on the new
board.
9.10 Replacing a GCUa/GCUb Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty GCUa/GCUb board. The replacement scenarios
include: replacing a GCUa board with another GCUa board, replacing a GCUb with another
GCUb board, replacing a GCUb board with a GCUa board, and replacing a GCUa with a GCUb
board. The GCUa/GCUb aboard is hot-swappable. It takes about 5 minutes from disconnecting
the cables from the board to loading software successfully.
9.11 Replacing a GOUc/GOUe Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUc/GOUe board. The GOUc/GOUe board is
hot-swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a GOUc board with another
GOUc, replacing a GOUe board with another GOUe board, replacing a GOUe board with a
GOUc board, replacing a GOUc board with a GOUe board. It takes about 5 minutes from the
time that cables on the original board are removed to the time software is successfully loaded
on the new board.
9.12 Replacing a GOUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUa board. The GOUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 47/272
9.13 Replacing a NIUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty NIUa board. The NIUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about two minutes to replace the board.
9.14 Replacing an OMU Board
This section describes how to replace an OMU board. A faulty OMU board needs to be replaced
to prevent data from being lost when OMU operation and maintenance are interrupted due to
disconnection between the OMU and host boards. For details about how to replace an OMU
board for other purposes, also see this section.
9.15 Replacing a PAMU Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty PAMU boar d. The PAMU board is hot-swappable.
It takes about ten minutes to replace the board.
9.16 Replacing a PEUa/PEUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty PEUa/PEUc board. The PEUa/PEUc board is hot-
swappable. It takes about eight minutes to replace a PEUa/PEUc board.
9.17 Replacing a POUa/POUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty POUa/POUc board. The POUa/POUc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
9.18 Replace an SAUa/SAUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty SAUa/SAUc board. The SAUa/SAUc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about 16 minutes to replace the SAUa/SAUc board.
9.19 Replacing an SCUa/SCUb Board
When an SCUa/SCUb board is faulty, you must replace it. The SCUa/SCUb board is hot-
swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a SCUa board with another SCUa,
replacing a SCUa board with a SCUb board. It takes about 4 minutes to replace the board.
9.20 Replacing a UOIa/UOIc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty UOIa/UOIc board. The UOIa/UOIc board is hot
swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
9.21 Replacing an SPUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty SPUa board. The SPUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.
9.22 Replacing an SPUb/SPUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty SPU b/SPUc board. The SPUb/SPUcc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.
9.23 Replacing a Subrack
This section describes how to replace a faulty BSC6900 subrack. After powering off a subrack,
60 minutes is required for the replacement before a new subrack starts working properly.
9.24 Replacing the Independent Fan Subrack
When an independent fan subrack in the BSC6900 is faulty, the independent fan subrack must
be replaced. It takes about 15 minutes to replace an independent fan subrack.
9.25 Replacing the Power Distribution Box
This section describes how to replace a faulty power distribution box. It takes about 25 minutes
to replace a power distribution box.
9.26 Replacing a Fan Assembly
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 48/272
This section describes how to replace a faulty fan assembly. You are advised to replace the fan
assembly within one minute.
9.27 Replacing a Pluggable Optical Module
This section describes how to replace a faulty pluggable optical module.
9.28 Replacing an Optical Splitter/Combiner
This section describes how to replace an optical splitter/combiner. The BSC6900 optical
splitters/combiners are LC/LC-LC single-mode optical splitter/combiner and LC/LC-LC
multimode optical splitter/combiner. It takes about five minutes to replace an optical splitter/
combiner.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 49/272
9.1 Precautions on Board Operation
This section describes the precautions you must take when installing, removing, or replacing the boards, or performing any other operations in which you should touch the boards.
Precautions Before Operation
l You are recommended to keep the installation materials in equipment room, such as the
vacuum forming boxes and ESD bags, for future use.
l Keep the boards and other electrostatic sensitive components in ESD bags. Do not pack or
hold the boards or parts using polystyrene foam, common plastic bags, or paper bags.
l Ensure that the cabinet is well grounded before inserting the board into the subrack.
Otherwise, the board will be severely damaged.
Precautions During Operation
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or gloves and ensure that the ESD wrist strap is well grounded.
l Place the board on an ESD pad when replacing board hardware or chips. Use ESD tweezers
or extraction tools to replace chips. Do not touch board chips or pins with your bare hands.
l Discharge the static electricity of the cables and protective sleeves before connecting them
to the ports.
l Do not touch the PCB or any other part except jumpers and DIP switches during board
replacement with your bare hands.
l Place removed boards and components on an ESD pad or other ESD materials. Do not pack or hold the boards or parts using polystyrene foam, common plastic bags, or paper bags.
9.2 Operations of Replacing Boards and Subracks
This section describes how to replace a BSC6900 board. The replacement operations include
removing a board, removing a subrack, installing a board and installing a subrack.
9.2.1 Removing a Board
This section describes how to remove a BSC6900 board from a subrack.
Prerequisites
Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box or
bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
Context
All the boards in the cabinet except the OMUa/OMUc board, are hot-swappable. For other
principles of removing a board, see 9.1 Precautions on Board Operation.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 50/272
NOTICE
The OMUa/OMUc board can be hot-swappable only after the operating system is shut down.
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
Procedure
l Remove a board (equipped with new ejector levers)
1. Loosen the fastening screws on the board panel counterclockwise. Ensure that the
screws are fully detached from the subrack, as shown in part A of Figure 9-1.
Figure 9-1 Removing a board (equipped with new ejector levers)
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 51/272
2. Press and hold down the two locking buttons on the board, flip the ejector levers
outward to unlock them, and rotate them outward until the board is separated from the
backplane, as shown in part B of Figure 9-1.
3. Hold the two ejector levers and pull the board along the guide rails, as shown in part
C of Figure 9-1.
NOTICE
Pull the board steadily without shaking the board to avoid damage to the pins on the
backplane.
4. Hold the bottom of the board with one hand, and hold the board panel with the other
hand to pull the board out of the subrack.
5. Put the removed board in an ESD box or bag.
NOTICE
Do not touch the parts inside the board when you remove the board.
l Remove a board (equipped with old ejector levers)
1. Loosen the fastening screws on the board panel counterclockwise. Ensure that the
screws are fully detached from the subrack, as shown in part A of Figure 9-2.
Figure 9-2 Removing a board (equipped with old ejector levers)
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 52/272
2. Press the self-locking spring on the two ejector levers on the board panel, flip the
ejector levers outward to unlock them, and rotate them until the board is separated
from the backplane, as shown in part B of Figure 9-2.
3. Hold the two ejector levers and pull the board along the guide rails, as shown in part
C of Figure 9-2.
NOTICE
Pull the board steadily without shaking the board to avoid damage to the pins on the
backplane.
4. Hold the bottom of the board with one hand, and hold the board panel with the other
hand to pull the board out of the subrack.5. Put the removed board in an ESD box or bag.
NOTICE
Do not touch the parts inside the board when you remove the board.
----End
9.2.2 Removing a SubrackThis section describes procedures for removing a subrack.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, and dust-proof caps.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 53/272
NOTICE
l Replacing the subrack interrupts the services carried on the subrack.
l Replacing a subrack requires to be completed with caution during off-peak hours such as
midnight.
l A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, a 3-person group is recommended when
replacing the subrack.
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the labels on the cables are legible. If the labels are illegible, relabel the cables
to avoid improper connection after the subrack is replaced.
Step 2 Record the installation positions of boards in the subrack and the DIP switch of the subrack.
Step 3 Check the types of the subrack to be replaced, and perform the related operations shown in the
following table:
If... Then...
The subrack is an EPS Turn on the power switch controlling the subrack on the power
distribution box.
The subrack is an MPS 1. Raise the ejector levers of the OMU board, as shown in part B
of Removing the OMU board. Repeat this step if two OMU
boards are in the subrack.
2. Turn off its power switch if the OFFLINE indicator on the OMU
board is steady on.
Step 4 Turn off the power switch on the PDF.
Step 5 Remove the cables connected to the subrack.
Step 6 Remove boards from the subrack in sequence by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board. Then,
put them in ESD boxes or ESD bags.
Step 7 Remove the eight captive screws fixing the subrack on the cabinet from the front of the cabinet
using the Phillips screwdriver and reserve them for later use. Four captive screws are on the leftside and the other are on the right side.
Step 8 Disconnect the power cables, signal cables, and PGND cable from the subrack.
Step 9 One person pushes the subrack out along the guide rail from the back of the cabinet. The other
two persons hold the mounting ears and the bottom of the subrack to pull the subrack out of the
cabinet from the front. keep the removed subrack in a safe place for further processing.
----End
9.2.3 Installing a Subrack
This section describes procedures for adding a subrack.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 54/272
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a socket wrench, a Phillips
screwdriver, a flat-head screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, a fiber cleaner,
and dust-proof caps.
l The required parts are all ready, including subracks and screws.
l If there is space in the cabinet, add the subrack there. If there is no space for a new subrack,
add a cabinet.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
NOTICE
A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, two persons are recommended when installing
the subrack.
Procedure
Step 1 Turn off the power switch for the new subrack according to instructions in 6.1 Distribution of
Power Switches.
Step 2 Optional: (This step is required only when floating nuts are not installed in the mounting bar at
the front side of the cabinet.) Take floating nuts out of the ESD bag at the bottom of the cabinet
and install them in the place highlighted in yellow, as shown in Figure 9-3.
Figure 9-3 Installation position of floating nuts
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 55/272
NOTE
Three holes in the mounting bar are known as 1 U space. One subrack occupies 36 holes.
One subrack is fixed by 4 pairs of floating nuts installed symmetrically. The floating nuts are installed in the3rd, 12th, 25th, and 34th holes above the guide rail where the subrack will be installed.
Step 3 Two persons hold the mounting ears and support the base of the subrack. Slide the subrack along
the guiding rail into the cabinet, and then fasten the screws to fix the subrack.
Step 4 Set the DIP switch based on the new subrack installation position according to instructions in
DIP Switch on a Subrack.
NOTICE
l You must set the DIP switch before powering on the subrack. The setting after the power-
on is invalid.
l Different subracks must have different DIP-switch settings. If two subracks in the
BSC6900 share the same DIP-switch settings, services on the two subracks will be
interrupted.
l If the DIP-switch setting of the new subrack is the same as that of another subrack and services
in the two subracks are consequently interrupted, set the DIP switches of the two subracks
properly and reset the two subracks to restore services.
Step 5 Install the power cables for the new subrack:
Before the BSC6900 delivery, its subrack power cables have been bound in the cabinet.
Engineers only need to connect the power cables to the power ports on the subrack.
1. Peel off the insulation layer of the power cable connector, as shown in Figure 9-4.
Figure 9-4 Peeling off the insulation layer of the power cable connector
2. Take off the cover of the power cable connection box and remove the screws in the power
ports, as shown in Figure 9-5.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 56/272
Figure 9-5 Power cable connection box
3. Connect the power cables to the power ports in the subrack, as shown in Figure 9-6.
Figure 9-6 Connecting the power cable to the power port
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 57/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 58/272
Figure 9-8 Connecting the SUCa and SUCb
Step 8 Installing the Y-Shaped Clock Cables.
Step 9 Install the Ethernet cables and optical fibers for connecting the interface boards.
Step 10 Attach the engineering labels to the signal cables according to instructions in Attaching theEngineering Labels to the Signal Cables.
Step 11 Check whether cables in the new subrack are correctly connected.
Step 12 Turn on the power switch controlling the subrack on the power distribution box.
Step 13 Commission the data loading and services.
For details on the commissioning methods, see BSC6900 UMTSCommissioning Guide.
Step 14 Check whether alarms related to subrack failure such as Cell Setup Failure are cleared after the
BSC6900 subrack is replaced. If these alarms persist, clear them by referring to the alarm online
help on the LMT. If these alarms still persist, contact Huawei technical support.
----End
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 59/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 60/272
Figure 9-9 Installing a board 1(equipped with new ejector levers)
Figure 9-10 Installing a board 2 (equipped with old ejector levers)
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 61/272
Step 3 Hold the panel with one hand and the lower edge of the board with the other hand, and then push
the board into the subrack along the guide rails until the ejector levers are half closed.
Step 4 Turn the two ejector levers on the board inward until they are in full contact with the panel, as
shown in part C of Figure 9-9.
Step 5 Push the screws inward and tighten them clockwise to secure the board, as shown in part D of
Figure 9-9or Figure 9-10.
NOTE
You need to push the screws inwards to secure the screws into the holes on the subrack.
----End
9.3 Replacing an AEUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty AEUa board. The AEUa board is hot-swappable.It takes about eight minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD
box or bag.
l A new AEUa board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version ato replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby AEUa has no adverse impact on the system. When no standby AEUa
is in position, replacing the board interrupts services carried on this board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only an AEUa board, replacing
the AEUa board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its peer equipment.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 62/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 63/272
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 8 Connect the E1/T1 cable and clock cable by referring to the labels.
Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 11.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 10.
Step 10 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 9.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 11.
Step 11 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 12.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 9.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 12 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 64/272
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.4 Replacing an AOUa/AOUc BoardThis section describes how to replace a faulty AOUa/AOUc board. The AOUa/AOUc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new AOUa/AOUc board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To usea board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 65/272
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby AOUa/AOUc has no adverse impact on the system. If no standby
AOUa/AOUc is in position, replacing the board interrupts services carried on this board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only an AOUa/AOUc board,
replacing the AOUa/AOUc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its
peer equipment.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the backup status of the AOUa/AOUc board to be
replaced.
If... Then...
Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.
Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4.
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1, For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work inactive/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Normal 1. Run SWP BRD to switch the board over to
standby.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, atmidnight.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP OPT command to query the backup status of all the optical ports on the AOUa/
AOUc board to be replaced.
If... Then...
The optical port is standby Go to Step 4.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 66/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 67/272
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 14.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 13.
Step 13 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 12.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 14.
Step 14 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 15.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 12.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 15 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 68/272
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.5 Replacing the ASUa Board
This section describes how to replace the ASUa board when it becomes faulty. The ASUa board
supports hot swap. It takes about 15 minutes to remove the ASUa and load a new one.
Prerequisitesl The required tools, including ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, ESD box or bag, are
ready.
l A new ASUa board is ready.
l You have logged into the LMT with an account authorized for this operation, and the
connection between the LMT and OMU is normal.
Context
NOTICE
Before operating a device or boards, ground the ESD wrist strap to prevent the electrostatic-
sensitive components from being damaged by static electricity in the human body. If no ESD
wrist strap or no proper grounding points are available, wear ESD gloves.
NOTICE
Replacing the ASUa interrupts services carried on the internal OMU.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST BRDBIND2ME command to check whether the ASUa board is occupied by
internal NEs.
If... Then...
The ASUa board to be replaced is occupied by internal NEs Go to Step 2.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 69/272
If... Then...
The ASUa board to be replaced is not occupied by internal NEs Go to Step 3.
Step 2 Run the DSP ME command to check whether the ASUa board to be replaced is occupied by the
internal OMU.
If... Then...
The ASUa board is occupied by the
internal active OMU (dual OMU servers
mode)
1. Run the BKP ME command to back up key
data of the internal OMU.
2. Go to Step 3.
The ASUa board is occupied by the
internal standby OMU
Go to Step 3.
The ASUa board is not occupied by the
internal OMU
Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Replace the ASUa board. Specifically, remove the faulty ASUa board from the subrack and
install a new one.
1. Loosen the captive screw on the ASUa board counterclockwise with a screwdriver, as
shown in A of Figure 9-11.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 70/272
Figure 9-11 Removing the ASUa board
2. Press the upper and lower locking buttons on the ASUa board and at the same time turn
the ejector levers outwards to enable the ASUa board to be detached from the self-locking
spring, as shown in B of Figure 9-11.
3. After the OFFLINE indicator on the ASUa board fast blinks and the blue indicator is on
and steady, remove the faulty ASUa board.4. Turn the ejector levers outwards and enable the ASUa board to be detached from the
backplane. Remove the faulty ASUa board from the subrack, as shown in C of Figure
9-11.
5. Press the upper and lower locking buttons on the ejector levers and turn ejector levels
outwards to the extreme, as shown in A of Figure 9-12.
6. Slide the new ASUa board along the guide rails into the subrack, as shown in B of Figure
9-12.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 71/272
Figure 9-12 Installing the ASUa board
7. Turn the upper and lower ejector levers inwards until the inner sides of the ejector levers
are in full contact with the panel, as shown in C of Figure 9-12.
8. After the two ejector levels are caught at the locking position of the cross beam, tighten
captive screws clockwise to fix the board, as shown in D of Figure 9-12.
The new ASUa board is automatically loaded and the RUN indicator blinks (on for 0.125s
and off for 0.125s).
Step 4 When the RUN indicator blinks (on for 1s and off for 1s), run the DSP BRD command to query
the board status.
If... Then...
CPU Status is Normal Go to Step 5.
None of the preceding conditions is true Go to Step 6.
Step 5 On the Browse Alarm tab page on the LMT, check whether alarms related to board faults are
reported.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 72/272
If... Then...
Alarms related to board faults are
reported
1. Analyze and clear the alarms based on the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 4.
No alarms related to board faults are
reported
Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the board version is consistent with the
version configuration.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
version configuration
Go to Step 7.
The board version is inconsistent with the
version configuration
1. Ensure that the program files of the board
in the OMU active workspace installation
\bin\fam on the OMU are correct. If the
program files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the
board.
3. Go to Step 4.
NOTE
You can obtain the board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 7 Run the DSP ME command to check the internal OMU status.
If... Then...
The OMU status is normal (dual OMU servers mode) End
Others Contact Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
1. Record the site, slot, name, and version of the faulty board.
2. Check whether there is any visible physical damage on the board, for example, mechanical
parts or plug-ins are distorted, pins are bent or lost, or the board is burnt.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 73/272
3. Record the information about the fault location process, including the cause of the fault,
fault symptoms, alarm name, status of indicators on the board panel, and detailed
procedures for identifying and clearing the fault on site.
4. Put the faulty board in an ESD bag, and place the onsite fault record and the ESD bag in
the board box.
5. Contact the local Huawei office to deal with the faulty board.
9.6 Replacing a DPUb/DPUe Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty DPUb/DPUe board. The DPUb/DPUe board is
hot-swappable. It takes about 2 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the time
software is successfully loaded on the new board.
Prerequisitesl Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD
box or bag.
l A new DPUb/DPUe board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
In the process of replacing the DPUb/DPUe board, logically inhibiting the board does not
interrupt the services carried on the dedicated channels. Removing the board, however, interrupts
all the services carried on the board.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the inhibited status of the board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 74/272
If... Then...
Logical inhibited board or Physical
inhibited board includes the DPUb/
DPUe board to be replaced
Go to Step 2.
Logical inhibited board or Physical
inhibited board does not include the
DPUb/DPUe board to be replaced
1. Run the INH BRD command to logically
inhibit the board.
2. Run the DSP UDSPRESOURCE command to
check the number of CS subscribers, number of all
types of subscribers, and number of cells and their
IDs carried on the DPUb/DPUe board. Based on
the check result, you can determine whether to
remove the board directly.
3. Go to Step 2.NOTE
Logically inhibiting the DPUb/DPUe board prevents new
accesses from the board and reduces the impact of replacing
the board on the BSC6900 operation.
Step 2 Remove the DPUb/DPUe board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 3 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 4 Run the UIN BRD command to unblock the new board.
Step 5 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the new board.
If... Then...
Board status is Normal Go to Step 7.
Board status is not Normal Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Identify and rectify the fault according to the
alarm information.
2. Go to Step 5.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 7.
Step 7Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 75/272
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 8.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the
board.
3. Go to Step 5.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 8 Test the CS services by dialing and the PS services by browsing web pages to ensure that the
new board is functional.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.7 Replacing a DEUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty DEUa board. The DEUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about 4 minutes from the time the original board is removed to the time software is
successfully loaded on the new board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD
box or bag.
l A new DEUa board is ready.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 76/272
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICEReplacing the DEUa board takes the BSC an extended period to perform seamless crystal voice
processing on AMR voice packets. This yields less significant voice quality improvements but
does not negatively affect voice services.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the inhibited status of the board.
If... Then...
Logical inhibited board or Physical
inhibited board includes the
Replacing the DEUa board
interrupts all the services carried on
the board. board to be replaced
Go to Step 2.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 77/272
If... Then...
Logical inhibited board or Physical
inhibited board does not include the
Replacing the DEUa board
interrupts all the services carried on
the board. board to be replaced
1. Run the INH BRD command to logically
inhibit the board.
2. Run the DSP UDSPRESOURCE command to
check the number of CS subscribers, number of
all types of subscribers, and number of cells and
their IDs carried on the Replacing the DEUa
board interrupts all the services carried on the
board. board. Based on the check result, you can
determine whether to remove the board directly.
3. Go to Step 2.
NOTE
Logically inhibiting the Replacing the DEUa board
interrupts all the services carried on the board. board prevents new accesses from the board and reduces the
impact of replacing the board on the BSC6900 operation.
Step 2 Remove the Replacing the DEUa board interrupts all the services carried on the board. board to
be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 3 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 4 Run the UIN BRD command to unblock the new board.
Step 5 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the new board.
If... Then...
Board status is Normal Go to Step 7.
Board status is not Normal Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Identify and rectify the fault according to the
alarm information.
2. Go to Step 5.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 7.
Step 7Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 78/272
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 8.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the
board.
3. Go to Step 5.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 8 Test the CS services by dialing and the PS services by browsing web pages to ensure that the
new board is functional.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.8 Replacing an FG2a/FG2c Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty FG2a/FG2c board. The FG2a/FG2c board is hot
swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.
l A new FG2a/FG2c board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 79/272
Context
NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l If the FG2a/FG2c board is standby and the data over the port on the FG2a/FG2c board is
backed up and functions properly over the port on the active board. replacing the FG2a/
FG2c board has no adverse impact on the system.
l When the FG2a/FG2c boards work in board backup mode and the ports work in load sharing
mode, replacing the standby FG2a/FG2c board interrupts part of services if the traffic over
the ports exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active board. When the FG2a/FG2c boards
work in board backup mode with independent ports, replacing the standby FG2a/FG2c board
interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.
l Replacing an FG2a/FG2c board working in stand-alone mode interrupts all the services on
the board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only an FG2a/FG2c board,
replacing the FG2a/FG2c board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its
peer equipment.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the backup status of the FG2a/FG2c board to be
replaced.
If... Then...
Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.
Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4 .
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 80/272
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in
active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the FG2a/FG2c board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board
over to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at
midnight.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP ETHPORT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the FG2a/
FG2c board to be replaced.
If... Then...
The ports are configured in independent
mode
Go to Step 4.
The ports are configured in active/standby
mode, and the ports are active
1. Run the SWP ETHPORT command to
switch the active port to standby status.
2. Go to Step 5.
The ports are configured in active/standby
mode, and the ports are standby
Go to Step 5.
Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.
If... Then...
IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP
path.
2. Go to Step 5.
IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Check whether the labels on the Ethernet cable connected to the FG2a/FG2c board are legible.
If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the Ethernet cable to avoid improper connection
after replacing the board.
Step 6 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the faulty board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 81/272
Step 7 Remove the board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 8 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 9 Install the Ethernet cables by referring to the labels.
Step 10 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new
board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 12.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 11.
Step 11 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 10.
No alarms caused by the faulty board arereported Go to Step 12.
Step 12 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 13 .
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 10.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 82/272
Step 13 If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.
Otherwise, go to Step 14 directly.
Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.9 Replacing a GCGa/GCGb Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty GCGa/GCGb board. The replacement scenarios
include: replacing a GCGa board with another GCGa, replacing a GCGb board with another
GCGb board, replacing a GCGb board with a GCGa board, replacing a GCGa board with aGCGb board. The GCGa/GCGb aboard is hot-swappable. It takes about 5 minutes from the time
cables on the board are disconnected to the time software is successfully loaded on the new
board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.
l A new GCGa/GCGb board is ready.
l You have logged in to the LMT with an authorized account. The LMT communicates with
the OMU properly.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 83/272
Context
NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
Procedure
Step 1 On the LMT, display the MPS in the Device Panel to check the configuration of the GCGa/
GCGb board.
If... Then...
Slots 12 and 13 are equipped with the GCGa/GCGb board Go to Step 2.
Only slot 12 or 13 is equipped with the GCGa/GCGb board Go to Step 3.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board over
to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, in the early
morning.
Under other circumstances Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Modify the board setting.
If... Then...
Replacing a board with a board of the
same hardware version (Including a
GCGa board is replaced by another
GCGa board, a GCGb board is replaced
by another GCGb board)
Go to Step 4.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 84/272
If... Then...
Replacing a board with a board of a later
hardware version (Including a GCGb
board is replaced by a GCGa board, aGCGa board is replaced by a GCGb
board)
l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT to
modify board settings.
NOTEAfter the type of a board is changed using the MOD
BRD command, the corresponding slot will
automatically and immediately reset.
l Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Check whether the labels on the cables connected to the GCGa/GCGb board are legible. If the
labels are illegible, re-label the cables to avoid faulty connections after replacing the board.
Step 5 Disconnect the cables from the board to be replaced.
Step 6 Remove the board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 7 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.
Step 8 Install the cables by referring to the labels.
Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks one second on and one second off, run the DSP BRD command to
query the status of the new board.
If... Then...
Only one GCGa/GCGb board is configured and CPU status is Active
normal
Go to Step 11.
Two GCGa/GCGb boards are configured and CPU status of the
GCGa/GCGb board to be replaced is Standby normal
Go to Step 11.
Under other circumstances Go to Step 10.
Step 10 Check whether alarms related to board faults are reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms related to board faults are
reported
1. Find out the cause and clear the alarms by
referring to the online alarm reference.
2. Go back to Step 9.
No alarm related to board faults is
reported
Go to Step 11.
Step 11Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with version mapping of the boards.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 85/272
If... Then...
The board software version is consistent
with version mapping of the boards
Go to Step 12.
The board software version is inconsistent
with version mapping of the boards
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU board are correct. If the
files are incorrect, contact Huawei engineers
for the correct files.
2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the
board.
3. Go back to Step 9.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct version mapping of the boards from the corresponding version document.
Step 12 Run the DSP CLK command to query the clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb
board in the MPS.
If... Then...
The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board
are Normal
The replacement is complete.
The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board
are Abnormal
Go to Step 9
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 86/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 87/272
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board over
to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Replace a subrack with caution, and implement the replacement
quickly when traffic is light, for example, in the early morning.
Under other circumstances Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Modify the board setting.
If... Then...
Replacing a board with a board of the
same hardware version (Including a
GCUa board is replaced by another
GCUa board, a GCUb board is replaced
by another GCUb board)
Go to Step 4.
Replacing a board with a board of a later
hardware version (Including a GCUb
board is replaced by a GCUa board, a
GCUa board is replaced by a GCUb
board
l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT to
modify board settings.
NOTE
After the type of a board is changed using the MOD
BRD command, the corresponding slot will
automatically and immediately reset.
l Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Check whether the labels on the cables connected to the GCUa/GCUb board are legible. If the
labels are illegible, re-label the cables to avoid faulty connections after replacing the board.
Step 5 Disconnect the cables from the board to be replaced.
Step 6 Remove the board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 7 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.
Step 8 Install the cables by referring to the labels.
Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks one second on and one second off, run the DSP BRD command to
query the status of the new board.
If... Then...
Only one GCUa/GCUb board is configured and CPU status is Active
normal
Go to Step 11.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 88/272
If... Then...
Two GCUa/GCUb boards are configured and CPU status of the
GCUa/GCUb board to be replaced is Standby normal
Go to Step 11.
Under other circumstances Go to Step 10.
Step 10 Check whether alarms related to board faults are reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms related to board faults are
reported
1. Find out the cause and clear the alarms by
referring to the online alarm reference.
2. Go back to Step 9.
No alarm related to board faults is
reported
Go to Step 11.
Step 11 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with version mapping of the boards.
If... Then...
The board software version is consistent
with version mapping of the boards
Go to Step 12.
The board software version is inconsistent
with version mapping of the boards
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU board are correct. If the
files are incorrect, contact Huawei engineers
for the correct files.
2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the
board.
3. Go back to Step 9.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct version mapping of the boards from the corresponding version document.
Step 12 Run the DSP CLK command to query the clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb
board in the MPS.
If... Then...
The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board
are Normal
The replacement is complete.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 89/272
If... Then...
The clock status of the SCUa board and the SCUb board
are Abnormal
Go to Step 9
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.11 Replacing a GOUc/GOUe Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUc/GOUe board. The GOUc/GOUe board is
hot-swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a GOUc board with another GOUc, replacing a GOUe board with another GOUe board, replacing a GOUe board with a
GOUc board, replacing a GOUc board with a GOUe board. It takes about 5 minutes from the
time that cables on the original board are removed to the time software is successfully loaded
on the new board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new GOUc/GOUe board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 90/272
Context
NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l If the GOUc/GOUe board is standby and the data over the port on the GOUc/GOUe board
are backed up, replacing the standby GOUc/GOUe board has no adverse impact on the
system.
l When the GOUc/GOUe boards work in board backup mode and the ports work in load sharing
mode, replacing the standby GOUc/GOUe board interrupts part of services if the total traffic
over the ports exceeds the bandwidth of the ports on the active board. When the GOUc/GOUe
boards work in board backup mode with independent ports, replacing the standby GOUc/
GOUe board interrupts all the services carried on the standby board.
l Replacing a GOUc/GOUe board working in stand-alone mode interrupts the services on that
board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a GOUc/GOUe board,
replacing the GOUc/GOUe board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its
peer equipment.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the backup status of the GOUc/GOUe board to be
replaced.
If... Then...
Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.
Backup type is No backup Go to Step 5.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 91/272
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in
active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the GOUa/GOUc/GOUe board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board
over to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at
midnight.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP ETHPORT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the GOUc/
GOUe board to be replaced.
If... Then...
The ports are configured in independent
mode
Go to Step 4.
The ports are configured in active/standby
mode, and the ports are active
1. Run the SWP ETHPORT command toswitch the active port to standby status.
2. Go to Step 5.
The ports are configured in active/standby
mode, and the ports are standby
Go to Step 5.
Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.
If... Then...
IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP
path.
2. Go to Step 5.
IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Modify the board setting.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 92/272
If... Then...
Replacing a board with a board of the same
hardware version (Including a GOUc
board is replaced by another GOUc board,a GOUe board is replaced by another
GOUe board
Go to Step 6.
Replacing a board with a board of a later
hardware version (Including a GOUe
board is replaced by a GOUc board, a
GOUc board is replaced by a GOUe board)
l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT
to modify board settings.
l Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check whether the labels on the optical cable connected to the GOUc/GOUe are legible. If the
labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid improper connection after the board
is replaced.
Step 7 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connectors are dirty, clean them with
the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.
Step 8 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.
Step 9 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 10 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, install
the optical cables by referring to the labels.
Step 11 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new
board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 13.
The CPU is in another status Go to Step 12.
Step 12 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 11.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 13.
Step 13Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 93/272
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 14.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMUa are correct. If the
program files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 11.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 14 If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.
Otherwise, go to Step 15 directly.
Step 15 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.12 Replacing a GOUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty GOUa board. The GOUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new GOUa board is ready.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 94/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 95/272
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the GOUa board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the boardover to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at
midnight.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP ETHPORT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the GOUa
board to be replaced.
If... Then...
The ports are configured in independent
mode
Go to Step 4.
The ports are configured in active/standby
mode, and the ports are active
1. Run the SWP ETHPORT command to
switch the active port to standby status.
2. Go to Step 5.
The ports are configured in active/standbymode, and the ports are standby
Go to Step 5.
Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.
If... Then...
IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP
path.
2. Go to Step 5.
IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Check whether the labels on the optical cable connected to the GOUa are legible. If the labels
are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid improper connection after the board is
replaced.
Step 6 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connectors are dirty, clean them with
the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.
Step 7 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.
Step 8 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 96/272
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 9 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, install
the optical cables by referring to the labels.
Step 10 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new
board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 12.
The CPU is in another status Go to Step 11.
Step 11 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 10.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 12.
Step 12 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 13.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMUa are correct. If the program files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 10.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 13If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.
Otherwise, go to Step 14 directly.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 97/272
Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing. Check whether the optimization feature runs normally. For details, see the
Activation Observation section of the Engineering Guidelines chapter in Adaptive ICIC ,
Automatic Neighbor Relation – UMTS , Automatic Neighbor Relation – GSM , and Scrambling
Code Self-Optimization – UMTS .
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.13 Replacing a NIUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty NIUa board. The NIUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about two minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD
box or bag.
l A new NIUa board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is pro perly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 98/272
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the inhibited status of the board.
If... Then...
The query result of Logical INH Status or
Physical INH Status includes the NIUa
board to be replaced
Go to Step 2.
The query result of Logical INH Status
and Physical INH Status does not include
the NIUa board to be replaced
1. Run the INH BRD command to physically
inhibit the board.
2. Go to Step 2.
Step 2 Remove the NIUa board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 3 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 4 Run the UIN BRD command to unblock the new board.
Step 5 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the new board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Normal Go to Step 7.
CPU status is not Normal Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Identify and rectify the fault according to the
alarm information.
2. Go to Step 5.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 7.
Step 7 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 8.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 99/272
If... Then...
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the
board.
3. Go to Step 5.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 8 Test the CS services by dialing and the PS services by browsing web pages to ensure that the
new board is functional.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.14 Replacing an OMU Board
This section describes how to replace an OMU board. A faulty OMU board needs to be replaced
to prevent data from being lost when OMU operation and maintenance are interrupted due to
disconnection between the OMU and host boards. For details about how to replace an OMU
board for other purposes, also see this section.
Prerequisites
l The tools required for replacing an OMU board are prepared: an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips
screwdriver, a flat-head screwdriver, a wrench, and an ESD box or bag.
l A new OMU board is prepared.
l The following installation information about the OMU board to be replaced is obtained:
– FTP server password
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 100/272
– Administrator password
– Operating system (OS) type of the OMU board
– Information about all IP addresses of the OMU board, including external fixed IP
address (external gateway IP address), external virtual IP address, internal fixed IP
address, internal virtual IP address, backup channel IP address of the active and standby
OMUs, and debugging IP address.
l The version software required for installing the new OMU board is obtained. A
Dopra_Linux_U tool, SUSE Linux OS installation disk, or Windows 2003 OS installation
disk is prepared for a new OMU board whose OS is Dopra Linux, SUSE Linux, and
Windows 2003 respectively.
NOTE
Contact Huawei engineers who can obtain the installation package and tool by performing the
following operation:
l Obtaining the version installation package:
1. Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the version installation package from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3 and enter Software Version in the search
window. Then, download the version installation package.
2. Click Software Version VER to obtain the BSC6900 version installation package.
l Obtaining the USB Disk Tool:
l Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the USB Disks tool from http://support.huawei.com/
carrier/#click=main3 and enter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window. Then,
download the USB Disks tool.
Context
Figure 9-13 shows the procedure for replacing an OMU board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 101/272
Figure 9-13 Procedure for replacing an OMU board
9.14.1 Checking OMU Status Before Replacing an OMU Board
This section describes how to check the OMU status before replacing an OMU board. To ensure
OMU data consistency before and after a replacement, users need to check the status of the OMU
board to be replaced before a replacement. Users need to query and record the OMU board
information, active or standby state, and data synchronization status.
Prerequisites
l
The OMU board to be replaced is not faulty and can perform operation and maintenancefunctions.
Context
If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot perform operation and maintenance
functions, skip the task in this section. Obtain the latest OMU system backup data and replace
the OMU board by referring to 9.14.2 Scenario: Replacing an OMU Board in Single-OMU
Mode, 9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in Dual-OMU Mode, or 9.14.5
Scenario: Replacing Active and Standby OMUs in Dual-OMU Mode.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 102/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 103/272
2. Enter su
3. Enter the root user password to switch the user account from common user or lgnusr user
to root user.
4. Enter cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam to go to the directory where the root_login.sh
script is saved.
5. Enter chmod +x root_login.sh to make the root_login.sh script executable.
6. Enter ./root_login.sh status to query the status of root user login to the OMU using SSH.
7. Type ./root_login.sh, and press Enter. Enable or disable the remote login function for user
root based on the command help.
NOTE
Parameter description:
l Configuration status specifies the status that the user root needs to be set to.
l Actual status means the status of the user root.
l enabled means that the user root is allowed to log in to the OMU. disabled means that the user root is
forbidden to log in to the OMU.
l If the returned result is The script does not support this system!, the operating system of the OMUc board
does not support the Forbid User Root function.
Step 3 Log in to the LMT by referring to Log in to the LMT.
Step 4 Check consistency in the configuration data, version software, and license.
1. Run the MML command ACT CRC to check whether the configuration data of all
BSC6900 host boards and the OMU board is consistent.
Expected result: The returned result shows that the data is consistent.2. Run the MML command CMP BRDVER to check whether the running versions of all
BSC6900 host boards and the OMU board are consistent.
Expected result: The returned result shows that the versions are consistent.
3. Run the MML command CMP LICENSE to check whether the licenses of all BSC6900
host boards and the OMU board are consistent.
Expected result: The returned result shows that the licenses are consistent.
NOTE
l If the configuration data is inconsistent, resolve it by referring to the handling suggestions in ALM-20736
Data Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.l If the software versions are inconsistent, resolve it by referring to ALM-20733 Software Version
Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.
l If the licenses are inconsistent, resolve it by referring to ALM-20734 License Inconsistency Between OMU
and Host.
Step 5 Run the MML command LST VER . Query and record the value of OS type.
Step 6 Run the MML command LST TZ. Query and record the time zone and daylight saving
time.
Step 7 Run the MML command LST MBSCMODE. Query and record the OMU mode.
Step 8 Query and record the external gateway IP address of the OMU board to be replaced.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 104/272
Option Description
If the OMU OS is Dopra Linux or SUSE
Linux
1. Log in to the OMU by referring to Logging In
to the OMU.
2. Enter the command route and press Enter.Query and record the value of Gateway whose
Destination is set to default.
If the OMU OS is Windows 1. Log in to the OMU by referring to Logging In
to the OMU.
2. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press
Enter to enter the OMU command mode.
3. Enter the command ipconfig and press Enter.
Query and record the value of Default
Gateway corresponding to External Network
Team.
Step 9 Query the information about the OMU board to be replaced.
l When the board is OMUa board, run the MML command DSP OMU, and record the
information in Table 9-1.
Table 9-1 OMU board status information table
Item Setting Information Example
Computer name OMU_21
Internal network fixed IP 172.16.3.50
External network fixed IP 10.168.172.2
Backup network IP 192.168.3.50
Operational state Active normal
Version XXXXXX
External network virtual IP 10.168.192.5
External network virtual IP mask 255.255.254.0
Internal network virtual IP 172.16.3.40
Internal network virtual IP mask 255.0.0.0
Data-sync state Normal
l When the board is OMUc board, run the DSP OMU and record in Table 9-2. The Backup
network IP is based on the following:
– Run the ifconfig bond3 command to query the backup network IP of B_UPDATE0.
– Run the ifconfig bond4 command to query the backup network IP of B_UPDATE1.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 105/272
Table 9-2 OMU board status information table
Item Setting Information Example
Computer name OMU_21
Internal network fixed IP 172.16.3.50
External network fixed IP 10.168.172.2
Backup network IP of B_UPDATE0 192.168.9.50
Backup network IP of B_UPDATE1 192.168.3.50
Operational state Active normal
Version XXXXXX
External network virtual IP 10.168.192.5
External network virtual IP mask 255.255.254.0
Internal network virtual IP 172.16.3.40
Internal network virtual IP mask 255.0.0.0
Data-sync state Normal
NOTE
l If only one OMU board is configured, Data-sync state is not included in the queried information.
l Query and record the debugging IP address of the OMU board to be replaced.
l If the OMU operating system is Dopra Linux, log in to the OMU and execute ifconfig bond2 to query
the debugging IP address.
l If the OMU operating system is SUSE Linux, log in to the OMU and execute ifconfig eth2 to query the
debugging IP address.
l If the OMU operating system is Windows, log in to the OMU and query the debugging IP address
configured in Eth2 properties of Network Connections.
If... Then...
The MPS is equipped with two OMU
boards
Perform operations described in Step 10.
The MPS is equipped with one OMU board Perform operations described in 9.14.2
Scenario: Replacing an OMU Board in
Single-OMU Mode.
Step 10 Run the MML command DSP OMUMODULE to query the status of the OMU processes.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 106/272
If... Then...
State is Active or Stopped Perform operations described in Step 11.
State is Abnormal Contact Huawei technical support.
Step 11 Check whether the OMU board to be replaced is active or standby.
If... Then...
The board is in Standby normal state Perform operations described in 9.14.3
Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in
Dual-OMU Mode.
The board is in Active normal state Perform operations described in Step 12.
Step 12 Based on Data-sync state queried in Step 9, do as follows:
If... Then...
Data-sync state is not Data
synchronization is successful
Clear alarms by referring to ALM-20701
OMU Failure Switchover and ALM-20704
OMU Data Synchronization Failure. Go to
Step 13 after the alarms are cleared.
Data-sync state is Data synchronization
is successful
Perform operations described in Step 13.
Step 13 Run the MML command SWP OMU to manually switch over the active and standby OMU
boards. Wait 5 minutes, and run the DSP OMU command to check that the OMU board to be
replaced is in the standby state and Data-sync state is set to Data synchronization is
successful. Replace the OMU board by referring to 9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby
OMU in Dual-OMU Mode.
----End
9.14.2 Scenario: Replacing an OMU Board in Single-OMU Mode
This section describes how to replace an OMU board when only one OMU is configured on
BSC6900. In this scenario, OMU operation and maintenance of the host boards are interrupted.
Context
l Replacing an OMU board in single-OMU mode will disconnect the OMU board from the
host boards and interrupt OMU operation and maintenance. System running data during
this period of time will be lost.
Replacing an OMU board in single-OMU mode occurs in one the following scenarios:
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 107/272
Scenario: Old and New OMU Boards Running the Same OS
This section describes how to replace an OMU board of a BSC6900 configured with only one
OMU board when the OMU board to be replaced and the new OMU board run the same operating
system (OS).
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging
Out of the LMT.
l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.
NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
ContextIf the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance, skip
procedures for backing up and saving the data and obtain the latest backup data for restoring the
data. The following procedures take a functional OMU board as an example.
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
l Back up OMU system data to an OMU hard disk.
Run the MML command BKP DB to back up system files to the specified path. In this step,
set Path of Backup File and File Name to appropriate values.
l Save the performance configuration files, SSL certificate files, license files, and OMU
system data to the LMT PC.
1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, seeFile Manager.
2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click
Download.
NOTE
Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that
the OMU active workspace is version_a:
l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.
Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.
l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.
3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 108/272
4. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,
see Replacing an OMU board that is configured with new ejector levers or
Replacing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers.
l Optional: Replacing an OMU board that is configured with new ejector levers
1. Unscrew the captive screws on the OMU board counterclockwise, as shown in part A
of Figure 9-14.
Figure 9-14 Removing an OMU board that is configured with new ejector levers
NOTE
The preceding figure takes an OMUa board as an example. The procedure for an OMUc board
is similar.
2. Optional: If the board is an OMUc board, gently press the PWRBTN button.
3. Press and hold the two locking buttons, flip outward the ejector levers on the OMU
board panel to unlock them, as shown in part B of Figure 9-14.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 109/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 110/272
9. Secure the screws on the OMU board, as shown in part D of Figure 9-15.
The new board automatically loads software and configuration data, and the RUN
LED blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.
10. Connect the cables by referring to the labels.
l Optional: Replacing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers
1. Unscrew the captive screws on the OMU board counterclockwise, as shown in part A
of Figure 9-16.
Figure 9-16 Removing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers
NOTE
The preceding figure takes an OMUa board as an example. The procedure for an OMUc board
is similar.
2. Optional: If the board is an OMUc board, gently press the PWRBTN button.
3. Flip outward the ejector levers of the OMU board, as shown in part B of Figure
9-16.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 111/272
4. Remove the Ethernet cable, mouse cable, keyboard cable, and monitor cable (if
configured) from the OMU board after the OFFLINE LED flashes fast and then is
steady blue.
5. Fully rotate the ejector levers outwards of the OMU board to separate it from the
backplane. Remove the OMU board along the guide rails, as shown in part C of Figure9-16.
6. Flip outward the ejector levers of the new OMU board, as shown in part A of Figure
9-17.
7. Slide the new board along the guide rails into the subrack, as shown in part B ofFigure
9-17.
Figure 9-17 Installing an OMU board that is configured with old ejector levers
NOTE
l The preceding figure takes an OMUa board as an example. The procedure for an OMUc
board is similar.
l The OMUa board can be installed in slots 0 to 3, slots 20 to 23, or slots 24 to 27 in the MPS
at the bottom of the MPR. Slots 20 to 23 are recommended.
l The OMUc boards can be installed in slots 0 to 3, slots 20 to 23, or slots 24 to 27 in the
MPS at the bottom of the MPR. Slots 24 to 25 are recommended.
8. Flip inward the ejector levers of the OMU board until they are in position, as shown
in part C of Figure 9-17.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 112/272
9. Secure the screws on the OMU board, as shown in part D of Figure 9-17.
The new board automatically loads software and configuration data, and the RUN
LED blinks 0.125 second on and 0.125 second off.
10. Connect the cables by referring to the labels.
l Install product software and change IP addresses of the new OMU.
1. Install product software as instructed in Table 9-3.
Table 9-3 Criteria for operations (1)
If... Then...
The OMU OS is
Dopra Linux or Suse
Linux
1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new
OMU board.
NOTE
If the new OMU board is configured with the product
software, perform this step to uninstall the product softwareof an earlier version.
If the new OMU board is not configured with the OMU
applications, skip this step and proceed to b.
a. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed
IP address.
b. Enter /etc/rc.d/omud start to start the omud
c. Enter uninstall_bam in any directory of the OMU.
d. The message Uninstall standby area. input Y to
continue; input E to exit. is displayed. Enter Y to
uninstall the product software from the standbyworkspace of the standby OMU.
e. Enter uninstall_bam.
f. The message Uninstall main area. input Y to
continue; input E to exit. is displayed. Perform the
following operations based on actual conditions.
2. Install product software as instructed inInstall product
software of Scenario: Old OMU Running SUSE
Linux and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 113/272
If... Then...
The OMU OS is
Windows
1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new
OMU board.
NOTEIf the new OMU board is configured with the product
software, perform this step to uninstall the product software
of an earlier version.
If the new OMU board is not configured with the OMU
applications, skip this step and proceed to b.
a. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed
IP address.
b. Run the net start omud command to start the omud
c. Click Start > Run and the Run interface is
displayed.
d. In the Run interface, run the uninstall_bam
command and click OK .
e. Enter Y, and press Enter until the Uninstall OMU
succeed! message is displayed.
f. Go to 4 after uninstalling the product software in the
standby workspace. Perform to 5 uninstall the
product software in the active workspace. This task
is completed.
2. Install product software as instructed inInstall product
software of Scenario: Old OMU Running Windows
and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.
2. Change IP addresses of the new OMU so that they match those of the OMU board to
be replaced, as instructed in Table 9-4.
Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:
– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the
local commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about
this operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML
command reference.
– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following
steps.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 114/272
Table 9-4 Criteria for operations (2)
If... Then...
The OMU OS is
Dopra Linux
1. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/
bam and press Enter to navigate to the directorycontaining omutool.
2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP
addresses of the replaced OMU board.
l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change
the internal fixed IP address.
l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change
the internal virtual IP address.
l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask
(gateway) to change the external fixed IP address
and subnet mask.l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask
(gateway IP address) to change the external virtual
IP address and subnet mask.
l Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP
address to change the backup channel IP address of
the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-
UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.
l Use the command ./omutool
backupcard_for_omuc IP address to change the
backup channel IP address of the active and standby
OMUs of the B_UPDATE0 Ethernet adapter on an
OMUc board.
l Use the command ./omutool
backupcard_for_omua IP address to change the
backup channel IP address of the active and standby
OMUs of the B_UPDATE1 Ethernet adapter on an
OMUc board.
l Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change
the commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediatelydisconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use the
new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the
OMU board again.
3. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press
Enter to start the omud process.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 115/272
If... Then...
The OMU OS is Suse
Linux
1. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/
version_a/bin/bam and press Enter to navigate to the
directory containing omutool.2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP
addresses of the replaced OMU board.
l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change
the internal fixed IP address.
l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change
the internal virtual IP address.
l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask
(gateway) to change the external fixed IP address
and subnet mask.
lExecute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to change the external virtual
IP address and subnet mask.
l Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP
address to change the backup channel IP address of
the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-
UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.
l Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change
the commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediately
disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use thenew debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the
OMU board again.
3. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press
Enter to start the omud process.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 116/272
If... Then...
The OMU OS is
Windows
1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to
enter the OMU command mode.
2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to navigate to the directory
containing omutool.
3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP
addresses of the replaced OMU board.
l Execute omutool innercard IP address to change
the internal fixed IP address.
l Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the
internal virtual IP address.
l Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet
mask (gateway IP address) to change the externalfixed IP address and subnet mask.
l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask
(gateway IP address) to change the external virtual
IP address and subnet mask.
l Use the command omutool backupcard IP
address to change the backup channel IP address of
the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-
UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.
l Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change
the commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediately
disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use the
new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the
OMU board again.
4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud
progress.
3. Remove the debugging Ethernet cable from the OMU board panel.
l Install the operating system patch and upgrade the Ethernet adapter drive as shown in Table
9-5.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 117/272
Table 9-5 Criteria for operations (3)
If... Then...
The OMU OS is Suse
Linux
Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the Hash value calculation
tool from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3and enter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window.
Then, download the OMU Driver Upgrade CHS ***.rar and
get Upgrade Guide to OMU Linux Ethernet Adapter Driver
and OMU driver upgrade tool. Please refer to BSC6900
Upgrade Guide to OMU O&M Panel Adapter Driver to
upgrade the OMU adapter driver.
NOTE
Suse Linux Operating System has no patch.
The OMU OS is
Windows
Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU
Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver.
rar file from the release document. Decompress the package
and obtain the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating
System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .
l Restore OMU data.
1. Connect the LMT PC to the OMU external network.
2. Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the
LMT. On the LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.
3. Select the target file on the LMT PC and click Upload to upload the saved OMU
system data to the active workspace. Ensure that the upload path is the same as the backup data download path.
4. Perform operations described in Table 9-6 based on the OMU OS type.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 118/272
Table 9-6 Criteria for operations (4)
If... Then...
The OMU OS is
Dopra Linux
1. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP
address. For detailed operations, see Logging In to theOMU.
2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press
Enter to stop the omud process.
3. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services
and press Enter to navigate to the directory containing
the omu_backup_linker tool.
4. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press
Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.
5. A message is displayed "Please input a valid
bkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid
backup file pathname : ." Type the backup
file save path and the file name and press Enter. The
system starts to restore data. A message will be
displayed showing success or failure, for example,
"Restore OMU database succeed!" may be
displayed.
7. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press
Enter to start the omud process.
The OMU OS is SuseLinux
1. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IPaddress. For detailed operations, see Logging In to the
OMU.
2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press
Enter to stop the omud process.
3. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/
common/services and press Enter to navigate to the
directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.
4. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press
Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.
5. A message is displayed "Please input a validbkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.
6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid
backup file pathname : ." Type the backup
file save path and the file name and press Enter. The
system starts to restore data. A message will be
displayed showing success or failure, for example,
"Restore OMU database succeed!" may be
displayed.
7. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press
Enter to start the omud process.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 119/272
If... Then...
The OMU OS is
Windows
1. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP
address. For detailed operations, see Logging In to the
OMU.2. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to
enter the OMU command mode.
3. Type the command net stop omud to stop the omud
progress.
4. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\common
\services and press Enter to navigate to the directory
containing the omu_backup_linker tool.
5. Type the commandomu_backup_linker.exe and press
Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.
6. A message is displayed "Please input a validbkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.
7. Type the backup file save path and the file name and
press Enter. The system starts to restore data. A
message will be displayed showing success or failure,
for example, "Restore OMU database
succeed!" may be displayed.
8. Type the command net start omud to start the omud
progress.
l Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
Scenario: Old OMU Board Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Board Running
SUSE Linux/Windows
This section describes how to replace an OMU board of a BSC6900 equipped with only one
OMU board when the OMU board to be replaced runs the Dopra Linux operating system (OS)
and the new OMU board runs the SUSE Linux/Windows OS.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging
Out of the LMT.
l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.
NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB
Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are
installed during the preparation.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 120/272
Context
When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is
recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.
This facilitates user operations. To meet special requirements, do not switch the OS but directlyinstall product software on the new OMU board by referring to Install product software of the
new OMU. in Scenario: Old and New OMU Boards Running the Same OS .
If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance, skip
procedures for backing up and saving the data and obtain the latest backup data for restoring the
data. The following procedures take a functional OMU board as an example.
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strapand insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
l Back up OMU system data to an OMU hard disk.
Run the MML command BKP DB to back up system files to the specified path. In this step,
set Path of Backup File and File Name to appropriate values.
l Save the perf ormance configuration files, SSL certificate files, license files, and OMU
system data to the LMT PC.
1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, seeFile Manager.
2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click
Download.
NOTE
Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that
the OMU active workspace is version_a:
l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.
Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.
l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.
l Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an
OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.
l Use the USB installation disk to switch the OMU OS and install product software.
1. Optional: If the OMU BIOS version is V013 or V031, prepare a serial cable, monitor,
and USB keyboard so that the OMU can be restarted from the USB flash drive. For
details, see Setting the First Boot Device of the OMU to USB.
2. Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.
3. Remove and inser t the OMU board to reset it.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 121/272
NOTE
After the OMU board restarts, it automatically installs OS and software.
4. Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating
system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether
the OMU operating system is installed successfully.
– If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator
status. See Table 9-7.
– If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the
indicator status. See Table 9-8.
NOTE
If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When
this occurs, prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash
drive to a new USB flash drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.
For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing
a USB Flash Drive.
Table 9-7 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating
system installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
FailedInstallation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator
blinks.
l The ALM
indicator
blinks.
l The ACT
indicator
blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator
blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is off.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator
blinks.
l The RUN
indicator is off.
l The ALM
indicator
blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator
blinks.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 122/272
Table 9-8 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating
system and product software installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
FailedInstallation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator
blinks.
l The ALM
indicator
blinks.
l The ACT
indicator
blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator
blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is
steady on or
off.
l The ACT
indicator is
steady on or
off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator
blinks.
l The ALM
indicator
blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
NOTE
l When using a USB installation disk with the operation type set to Install, you must restore the
OMU data.
l When using a USB installation disk with the operation type set to Switch, you do not need to
restore the OMU data.l Restore OMU data.
1. Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the
LMT. On the LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.
2. Select the target file on the LMT PC and click Upload to upload the saved OMU
system data to the active workspace. Ensure that the upload path is the same as the
backup data download path.
3. Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP address. For detailed
operations, see Logging In to the OMU.
4. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stop the omud process.
5. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services and press Enter to navigate to
the directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.
6. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to start the
omu_backup_linker tool.
7. A message is displayed "Please input a valid bkp_res_type :." Type
restore and press Enter.
8. A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup file
pathname : ." Type the backup file save path and the file name and press Enter.
The system starts to restore data. A message will be displayed showing success or
failure, for example, "Restore OMU database succeed!" may be displayed.
9. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start the omud process.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 123/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 124/272
NOTE
Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that
the OMU active workspace is version_a:
l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.
Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.
l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.
3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.
l Install SUSE Linux.
1. On the LMT PC, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation source for SUSE Linux.
For details, see Preparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System and Creating
an Installation Source for the Operating System.
2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on each of the new OMUs.
3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,
see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.
4. Use EasyInstall to install SUSE Linux. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating
System by Using the EasyInstall Software.
l Install product software.
1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the
commissioning IP address of the OMU.
2. Connect to the debugging port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU through the
commissioning IP address. For details, see Uploading the Product Software
Installation Package to the OMU. (The file upload path is /BSC6000/data/mbsc/
upgrade.)
3. Use the commissioning IP address to switch to the directory where the installation
package is saved. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.
– If the operating system is Dopra Linux, assume that product software installation
package install_bam.sh is saved in /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/
setup. Enter the following command and press Enter.
cd /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup
– If the operating system is SUSE Linux, assume that product software installation
package install_bam.sh is saved in /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/
VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup. Enter the following command and press
Enter.
cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup
4. Enter chmod +x ./install_bam.sh to obtain the permission to run ./install_bam.sh.
5. Enter ./install_bam.sh.
6. The system prompts you to type the product running mode. Type the product running
mode and press Enter.
[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...
[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...
# The run mode of the product
# GO:GSM only
# UO:UMTS only
# GU:GSM and UMTS
# Please select one mode to install.Please input a valid run_mode :
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 125/272
7. The system prompts you to type the office name. Type the office name and press
Enter.
# The name of office
# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.
# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".
Please input a valid office_name :
8. The system prompts you to type the language version. Type the language version and
press Enter.
# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs
Please input a valid version :
9. The system prompts you to type the admin password. Type the admin password,
confirm it, and press Enter.
# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.
# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercaseletter,digit or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided
first.
Please input a valid admin_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
10. The system prompts you to type the FTP password. Type the FTP password, confirm
it, and press Enter.
# The ftp user's password of OMU service
# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase
letter,digit or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.
Please input a valid ftp_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
11. Type the external virtual IP address or a valid external virtual configuration based on
the displayed message.
Example for entering the external virtual IP address:
# The extranet virtual IP.
Please input a valid virtual_extranet_ip :
Example for entering the external virtual configuration:
# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1
Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :
NOTE
l If a fixed external network IP address has been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the
entered external network virtual IP address must be in the same network segment as the fixed
external network IP address for the OMU to be replaced.
lIf a fixed external network IP address has not been configured for the OMU to be replaced, theentered external network virtual IP address can be set based on the actual plan.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 126/272
12. The system prompts you to type the OMU system type. Type the OMU installation
type based on the field configuration and press Enter. Table 1 describes the OMU
system types.
# The OMU system type. eg: Single/Dual
# Single:Install stand-alone system
# Dual:Install dual-OMU system.
The dual-OMU system can effeciently increase the reliability of the OMU
system.
Please input a valid install_type :
Table 9-9 Installation types
Parameters Description
Single When the BSC6900 is configured with
one OMU board, install product
software on the board in single—OMU
mode.
Dual When the BSC6900 is configured with
two OMU boards, install product
software on the boards in dual—OMU
mode.
13. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:
Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->
14. Type Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU
succeed! is displayed, product software are successfully installed.
l Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the replaced OMUs.
Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:
– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local
commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this
operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command
reference.
– For details about how to adjust IP addresses of the OMU, see the following steps.
1. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press
Enter to navigate to the directory containing omutool.
2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU
board.
– Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.
– Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.
– Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask (gateway) to change the external
fixed IP address and subnet mask.
– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to
change the external virtual IP address and subnet mask.
– Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP address to change the backup channel
IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet
adapter on an OMUa board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 127/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 128/272
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging
Out of the LMT.
l
It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
Context
When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is
recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.
This facilitates user operations. To meet special requirements, do not switch the OS but directly
install product software on the new OMU board by referring to Install product software of the
new OMU. in Scenario: Old and New OMU Boards Running the Same OS .
If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance, skip
procedures for backing up and saving the data and obtain the latest backup data for restoring the
data. The following procedures take a functional OMU board as an example.
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
l Back up OMU system data to an OMU hard disk.
Run the MML command BKP DB to back up system files to the specified path. In this step,
set Path of Backup File and File Name to appropriate values.
l Save the performance configuration files, SSL certificate files, license files, and OMU
system data to the LMT PC.
1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, seeFile Manager.
2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click
Download.
NOTE
Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that
the OMU active workspace is version_a:
l Performance configuration files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas.
Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.
l License files are saved in the directory \bam\version_a\ftp\license.
3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.
l Install Windows.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 129/272
1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare a Windows installation source. For
details, see Preparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System, Creating an
Installation Source for the Operating System, and Creating an Installation Source for
the SetWin Software and OS Patches.
2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on the new OMU.
3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,
see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.
4. Use EasyInstall to install Windows. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating
System by Using the EasyInstall Software.
l Install product software.
1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the
commissioning IP address of the OMU.
2. Upload product software to the OMU.
a. (Optional) If patches are installed during the installation, delete the original patch
files saved in the patch folder for product software, copy the patches (for
example, the V900R01XC0XSPCXXX folder) saved on the local computer to
the patch folder for product software.
Figure 9-18 show the directory structures of the patch installation package.
Figure 9-18 Directory structure of the patch installation package
b. Connect to the debugging Ethernet port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU
through the commissioning IP address. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.
c. Under drive D on the OMU, create the \mbsc\upgrade folder, right-click it, and
choose Sharing and Security.
d. In the Properties dialog box, select Share this folder, set the read/write property,
and then click OK .
e. On the local computer, choose Start > Run, enter \\OMU commissioning IP
address. In the displayed dialog box, enter the username and password, and click
OK .
f. Copy product software installation package from the local computer to the \mbsc
\upgrade folder on the OMU.
3. Go to the V***R***C**\install\setup directory of the version installation package
and double-click install_bam.bat.
NOTE
V***R***C** is an example of the version installation package. During installation, see the actual
version.
The software integrity of the product software is checked before they are automatically installed.
The product sof tware can be installed only if the check passes.
4. Type the product running mode and press Enter.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 130/272
[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...
[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...
# The run mode of the product
# GO:GSM only
# UO:UMTS only
# GU:GSM and UMTS# Please select one mode to install.
Please input a valid run_mode :
5. Type the office name and press Enter.
# The name of office
# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.
# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".
Please input a valid office_name :
6. Type the language and press Enter.
# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs
Please input a valid version :
7. Type the admin password and press Enter.
# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase
letter,digit or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided
first.
Please input a valid admin_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
8. Type the ftp password and press Enter.
# The ftp user's password of OMU service
# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must beuppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase
letter,digit or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.
Please input a valid ftp_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
NOTE
l If a fixed external network IP address has been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the
entered external network virtual IP address must be in the same network segment as the fixed
external network IP address for the OMU to be replaced.
l If a fixed external network IP address has not been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the
entered external network virtual IP address can be set based on the actual plan.
9. Type the external virtual IP address and press Enter.
# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1
Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :
10. Enter the OMU installation type based on the field configuration and press Enter.
Table 1 describes the OMU installation types.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 131/272
Table 9-10 Description
Parameter Description
Single When the BSC6900 is configured with
one OMU board, install the productsoftware on the board in single-OMU
mode.
Dual When the BSC6900 is configured with
two OMU boards, install product
software on the board in dual-OMU
mode.
11. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:
Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->
12. Enter Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU
succeed! is displayed, product software are successfully installed.
l Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the OMUs to be replaced.
Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:
– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local
commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this
operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command
reference.
– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following
steps.
1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU command mode.
2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to
navigate to the directory containing omutool.
3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU
board.
– Execute omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.
– Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.
– Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to
change the external fixed IP address and subnet mask.
– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to
change the external virtual IP address and subnet mask.
– Use the command omutool backupcard IP address to change the backup channel
IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet
adapter on an OMUa board.
– Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change the commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board.
Use the new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the OMU board again.
4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 132/272
5. Remove the debugging Ethernet cable from the OMU board panel.
l Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating System
and Ethernet Adapter Driver.rar file from the release document. Obtain the Upgrade
Guide to OMU Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .
l Recover the OMU data.
1. Connect the LMT PC to the OMU external network.
2. Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the
LMT. On the LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.
3. Select the target file on the LMT PC and click Upload to upload the saved OMU
system data to the active workspace. Ensure that the upload path is the same as the
backup data download path.
4. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU command mode.
5. Type the command net stop omud to stop the omud progress.
6. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\common\services and press Enter tonavigate to the directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.
7. Type the command omu_backup_linker.exe and press Enter to start the
omu_backup_linker tool.
8. A message is displayed "Please input a valid bkp_res_type :." Type
restore and press Enter.
9. Type the backup file save path and the file name and press Enter. The system starts
to restore data. A message will be displayed showing success or failure, for example,
"Restore OMU database succeed!" may be displayed.
10. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.
l Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in Dual-OMU Mode
This section describes how to replace the standby OMU board when two OMUs are configured
on BSC6900.
Context
l The new OMUs can use the same operating system as the OMUs to be replaced or use
another operating system, but the active and standby OMUs must use the same operating
system.
l The new OMUs must be of the same type as the OMUs to be replaced.
l In dual-OMU mode, if the active OMU fails, the system automatically performs a
switchover. Therefore, only the standby OMU needs to be replaced.
Replacing the standby OMU board in dual-OMU mode occurs in following scenarios:
Scenario: Old and New OMUs Running the Same Operating System
This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs
when the OMU to be replaced and the new OMU have the same operating system.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 133/272
Prerequisites
l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.
NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the active
OMU and the standby one.
Step 2 Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the synchronization
between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.
Step 3 Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU
board that is equipped with old ejector levers.
Step 4 Perform oper ations in Table 9-11 based on the operating system.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 134/272
Table 9-11 Criteria for operations
If... Then...
The OMU operating
system is Dopra Linuxor SUSE Linux
1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new OMU
board.NOTE
If product software has been installed on the new OMU board, perform
this step to uninstall the product software of an earlier version.
If no OMU application is installed on the new OMU board, skip this
step and proceed to b.
a. Log in to the standby OMU by using the external fixed IP
address or the commissioning IP address. For details, see
Logging In to the OMU.
b. Enter /etc/rc.d/omud start to start the omud
c. Enter uninstall_bam in any directory of the OMU.
d. The message Uninstall standby area. input Y to
continue; input E to exit. is displayed. Enter Y to uninstall
the product software from the standby workspace of the
standby OMU.
e. Enter uninstall_bam.
f. The message Uninstall main area. input Y to continue;
input E to exit. is displayed. Perform the following
operations based on actual conditions.
2. Install product software. For details, see Install product
software. in Scenario: Old OMU Running SUSE Linux and
New OMU Running Dopra Linux.
3. Change the IP addresses of the new OMU.
l The OMU operating system is SUSE Linux, refer to
Change the IP addresses of the new OMU to those of the
OMU to be replaced.
l The OMU operating system is Dopra Linux:
Perform either of the following operation to change IP
addresses of the new OMU:
– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can
be performed only if the local commissioning network
adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about thisoperation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP
command in the MML command reference.
– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU.
For details, see the following steps.
a. Enter cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam to navigate to
the directory that contains omutool
b. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP
addresses of the replaced OMU board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 135/272
If... Then...
– Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change
the internal fixed IP address.
– Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to changethe internal virtual IP address.
– Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask
(gateway) to change the external fixed IP address
and subnet mask.
– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask
(gateway IP address) to change the external virtual
IP address and subnet mask.
– Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP
address to change the backup channel IP address of
the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-
UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.
– Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change
the commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediately
disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board. Use the
new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the
OMU board again.
4. Install the operating system patch and upgrade Ethernet adapter
driver when the operating system is SUSE Linux. Contact
Huawei engineers to obtain the Hash value calculation tool
from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3 and
enter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window. Then,
download the OMU Driver Upgrade CHS ***.rar and get
Upgrade Guide to OMU Linux Ethernet Adapter Driver and
OMU driver upgrade tool. Please refer to BSC6900 Upgrade
Guide to OMU O&M Panel Adapter Driver to upgrade the
OMU adapter driver.
NOTE
Suse Linux Operating System has no patch.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 136/272
If... Then...
The OMU operating
system is Windows
1. Optional: Uninstall the product software on the new OMU
board.
NOTEIf product software has been installed on the new OMU board, perform
this step to uninstall the product software of an earlier version.
If no OMU application is installed on the new OMU board, skip this
step and proceed to b.
a. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external IP
address or the debugging IP address. For details, see
Logging In to the OMU.
b. Run the net start omud command to start the omud
c. Click Start > Run and the Run interface is displayed.
d. In the Run interface, run the uninstall_bam command and
click OK .
e. Enter Y, and press Enter until the Uninstall OMU
succeed! message is displayed.
f. Go to 4 after uninstalling the pr oduct software in the
standby workspace.Perform 5 to finish uninstalling the
product software in the active workspace. Then uninstalling
the product software on the standby OMU is finished.
2. Install product software. For details, see Install product
software in Scenario: Old OMU Running Windows and
New OMU Running Dopra Linux.
3. Change the IP addresses of the new OMU board. For details,see Change the IP addresses of the new OMU to those of
the OMU to be replaced in Scenario: Old OMU Running
Windows and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.
4. Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU
Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver.
rar file from the release document. Decompress the package
and obtain the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating
System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .
Step 5 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
Scenario: Old OMU Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Running SUSE Linux/
Windows
This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs
when the operating system on the OMUs to be replaced is Dopra Linux and that on the new
OMUs is SUSE Linux/Windows.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 137/272
Prerequisites
l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.
NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB
Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are
installed during the preparation.
Context
When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is
recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.
This facilitates user operations.
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the activeOMU and the standby one.
Step 2 Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the synchronization
between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.
Step 3 Connect a USB installation disk to a USB port on the new OMU.
Step 4 Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU
board that is equipped with old ejector levers.
Step 5 Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating system. Check
the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether the OMU operating systemis installed successfully.
l If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator status. See
Table 9-12.
l If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator
status. See Table 9-13.
NOTE
If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When this occurs,
prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash drive to a new USB flash
drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.
For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing a USBFlash Drive.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 138/272
Table 9-12 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system
installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
Failed Installation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is off.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator blinks.
l The RUN
indicator is off.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator blinks.
Table 9-13 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system and
product software installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
Failed Installation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is
steady on or off.
l The ACT
indicator is
steady on or off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
Step 6 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
Scenario: Old OMU Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Running Windows
This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs
when the operating system on the OMUs to be replaced is Dopra Linux and that on the new
OMUs is Windows.
Prerequisites
l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.
NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 139/272
l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB
Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are
installed during the preparation.
ContextWhen the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is
recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.
This facilitates user operations.
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the active
OMU and the standby one.
Step 2 Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the synchronization
between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.
Step 3 Connect a USB installation disk to a USB port on the new OMU.
Step 4 Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations, see
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU
board that is equipped with old ejector levers.
Step 5 Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating system. Check
the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether the OMU operating system
is installed successfully.
l If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator status. See
Table 9-14.
l If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator
status. See Table 9-15.
NOTE
If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When this occurs,
prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash drive to a new USB flash
drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.
For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing a USB
Flash Drive.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 140/272
Table 9-14 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system
installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
Failed Installation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is off.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator blinks.
l The RUN
indicator is off.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator blinks.
Table 9-15 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system and
product software installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
Failed Installation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is
steady on or off.
l The ACT
indicator is
steady on or off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
Step 6 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
Scenario: Old OMU Running SUSE Linux and New OMU Running Dopra Linux
This section describes how to replace the standby OMU on BSC6900 equipped with two OMUs
when the operating system on the OMUs to be replaced is SUSE Linux and that on the new
OMUs is Dopra Linux.
Prerequisites
l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.
NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 141/272
Context
When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced, it is
recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU board.
This facilitates user operations.
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedurel Stop the synchronization between the active OMU and the standby one and the omud
service.
1. Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the
active OMU and the standby one.
2. Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure the
synchronization between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.
l Install SUSE Linux.
1. On the LMT PC, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation source for SUSE Linux.
For details, see Pr eparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System and Creating
an Installation Source for the Operating System.2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on each of the new OMUs.
3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,
see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.
4. Use EasyInstall to install SUSE Linux. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating
System by Using the EasyInstall Software.
l Install product software.
1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the
commissioning IP address of the OMU.
2. Connect to the debugging port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU through thecommissioning IP address. For details, see Uploading the Product Software
Installation Package to the OMU. (The file upload path is /BSC6000/data/mbsc/
upgrade.)
3. Use the commissioning IP address to switch to the directory where the installation
package is saved. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.
– If the operating system is Dopra Linux, assume that product software installation
package install_bam.sh is saved in /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/
setup. Enter the following command and press Enter.
cd /mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup
– If the operating system is SUSE Linux, assume that product software installation
package install_bam.sh is saved in /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 142/272
VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup. Enter the following command and press
Enter.
cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/upgrade/VXXXRXXXCXX/install/setup
4. Enter chmod +x ./install_bam.sh to obtain the permission to run ./install_bam.sh.
5. Enter ./install_bam.sh.
6. The system prompts you to type the product running mode. Type the product running
mode and press Enter.
[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...
[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...
# The run mode of the product
# GO:GSM only
# UO:UMTS only
# GU:GSM and UMTS
# Please select one mode to install.
Please input a valid run_mode :
7. The system prompts you to type the office name. Type the office name and pressEnter.
# The name of office
# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.
# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".
Please input a valid office_name :
8. The system prompts you to type the language version. Type the language version and
press Enter.
# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs
Please input a valid version :
9. The system prompts you to type the admin password. Type the admin password,
confirm it, and press Enter.
# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase
letter,digit or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided
first.
Please input a valid admin_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
10. The system prompts you to type the FTP password. Type the FTP password, confirm
it, and press Enter.
# The ftp user's password of OMU service
# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase
letter,digit or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.
Please input a valid ftp_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
11. Type the external virtual IP address or a valid external virtual configuration based on
the displayed message.
Example for entering the external virtual IP address:
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 143/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 144/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 145/272
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
l Stop the synchronization between the active OMU and the standby one and the omud
service.
1. Run the MML command STP DATASYNC to stop the synchronization between the
active OMU and the standby one.
2. Run the MML command DSP OMU to check the status to make sure thesynchronization between the active OMU and the standby one is stopped.
l Install Windows.
1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare a Windows installation source. For
details, see Preparations for Reinstalling the OMU Operating System, Creating an
Installation Source for the Operating System, and Creating an Installation Source for
the SetWin Software and OS Patches.
2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on the new OMU.
3. Remove the OMU board to be replaced and insert the new one. For detailed operations,
see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with new ejector levers or
Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old ejector levers.4. Use EasyInstall to install Windows. For details, see Installing the OMU Operating
System by Using the EasyInstall Software.
l Install product softwar e.
1. Set the IP address of the local computer to the same network segment as the
commissioning IP address of the OMU.
2. Upload product software to the OMU.
a. (Optional) If patches are installed during the installation, delete the original patch
files saved in the patch folder for product software, copy the patches (for
example, the V900R01XC0XSPCXXX folder) saved on the local computer to
the patch folder for product software.
Figure 9-19 show the directory structures of the patch installation package.
Figure 9-19 Directory structure of the patch installation package
b. Connect to the debugging Ethernet port of the OMU, and log in to the OMU
through the commissioning IP address. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 146/272
c. Under drive D on the OMU, create the \mbsc\upgrade folder, right-click it, and
choose Sharing and Security.
d. In the Properties dialog box, select Share this folder, set the read/write property,
and then click OK .
e. On the local computer, choose Start > Run, enter \\OMU commissioning IP
address. In the displayed dialog box, enter the username and password, and click
OK .
f. Copy product software installation package from the local computer to the \mbsc
\upgrade folder on the OMU.
3. Go to the V***R***C**\install\setup directory of the version installation package
and double-click install_bam.bat.
NOTE
V***R***C** is an example of the version installation package. During installation, see the actual
version.
The software integrity of the product software is checked before they are automatically installed.
The product software can be installed only if the check passes.
4. Type the product running mode and press Enter.
[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...
[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...
# The run mode of the product
# GO:GSM only
# UO:UMTS only
# GU:GSM and UMTS
# Please select one mode to install.
Please input a valid run_mode :
5. Type the office name and press Enter.
# The name of office
# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.
# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".
Please input a valid office_name :
6. Type the language and press Enter.
# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs
Please input a valid version :
7. Type the admin password and press Enter.
# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.
# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase
letter,digit or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided
first.
Please input a valid admin_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
8. Type the ftp password and press Enter.
# The ftp user's password of OMU service
# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()
_+-{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercaseletter,digit or special character at least.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 147/272
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.
Please input a valid ftp_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
NOTE
l If a fixed external network IP address has been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the
entered external network virtual IP address must be in the same network segment as the fixed
external network IP address for the OMU to be replaced.
l If a fixed external network IP address has not been configured for the OMU to be replaced, the
entered external network virtual IP address can be set based on the actual plan.
9. Type the external virtual IP address and press Enter.
# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1
Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :
10. Enter the OMU installation type based on the field configuration and press Enter.
Table 1 describes the OMU installation types.
Table 9-17 Description
Parameter Description
Single When the BSC6900 is configured with
one OMU board, install the product
software on the board in single-OMU
mode.
Dual When the BSC6900 is configured with
two OMU boards, install product
software on the board in dual-OMU
mode.
11. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:
Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->
12. Enter Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU
succeed! is displayed, product software are successfully installed.
l Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the OMUs to be replaced.
Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:
– Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local
commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this
operation, see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command
reference.
– Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following
steps.
1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU command mode.
2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to
navigate to the directory containing omutool.
3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU
board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 148/272
– Execute omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.
– Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.
– Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to
change the external fixed IP address and subnet mask.
– Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway IP address) to
change the external virtual IP address and subnet mask.
– Use the command omutool backupcard IP address to change the backup channel
IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet
adapter on an OMUa board.
– Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change the commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT PC from the OMU board.
Use the new debugging IP address to connect the LMT PC to the OMU board again.
4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.
l Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating System
and Ethernet Adapter Driver.rar file from the release document. Obtain the Upgrade
Guide to OMU Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver .
l Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
9.14.4 Scenario: Replacing OMUa Boards with OMUc Boards
This section describes how to replace an OMUa board with an OMUc board.
Context
l Replacing an OMU board will disconnect the OMU board from the host boards. System
operation data during this period will lose.
l In this scenario, the operating system (OS) of the OMUc board is Dopra Linux OS after
the replacement no matter which OS is used by the board to be replaced because the OMUc
board can only support Dopra Linux OS.
l When an OMUa board in single-OMU mode is damaged, two OMUc boards are
recommended to replace the OMUa board.
OMUc boards can be used to replace OMUa boards. The replacement scenarios are as follows:
Scenario: Replacing Two OMUa Boards with Two OMUc Boards
This section describes how to replace two OMUa boards with two OMUc boards.
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging
Out of the LMT.
l Two new OMUc boards are ready.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 149/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 150/272
The OMUa board is twice the thickness of other boards. Two OMUa boards are installed in the
slots in blue, yellow, and red frames, as shown in Figure 9-20. Between two adjacent OMUa
boards, one is active and the other is standby.
The first OMUc board used for replacement must be installed in the green slots.
Example 1: Two OMUa boards are installed in the slots 20 through 23 before replacement. Slots
20 and 21 house the active OMUa board. Slots 22 and 23 house the standby OMUa board.
Perform the following operations to replace OMU boards:
1. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 22 and 23.
2. Install the first OMUc board in slot 23.
Example 2: Two OMUa boards are installed in the slots 20 through 23 before replacement. Slots
20 and 21 house the standby OMUa board. Slots 22 and 23 house the active OMUa board.
Perform the following operations to replace OMU boards:
1. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 20 and 21.
2. Install the first OMUc board in slot 21.
Figure 9-20 Slots housing the first OMUc board
Step 5 Connect the PC and the ETH2 port on the OMUc board using the network cable.
Step 6 Set the IP address of the PC to be on the same network segment with the ETH2 port. The initial
IP address of the ETH2 port is 192.168.6.50 or 192.168.6.60, the subnet mask is 255.255.255.0.
Step 7 Uploading the OMU application installation package to the OMU. For details, see Uploading
the Product Software Installation Package to the OMU in the BSC6900 UMTS OMU
Administration Guide.
Step 8 Logging in to the OMU.
1. Run the SSH terminal, for example, PuTTY, on the PC, and type the debugging IP address
of the OMU.
2. Logging in to the OMU. For detailed operations, see Logging In to the OMU in the BSC6900
UMTS OMU Administration Guide.
Step 9 Installing the product software in the active workspace.
1. Navigate to the directory where the OMU application installation package is saved.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 151/272
Assume that the product software installation package install_bam.sh is saved in /mbsc/
upgrade/V***R***C**/install/setup. Enter the following command:cd /mbsc/upgrade/V***R***C**/install/setup
2. Enter chmod +x ./install_bam.sh to obtain the permission to run ./install_bam.sh.
3. Enter ./install_bam.sh.
4. The system prompts you to type the product running mode. Type the product running mode
and press Enter.
[2011-05-03 10:12:32] software integrality verify begin...
[2011-05-03 10:12:42] software integrality verify end...
# The run mode of the product
# GO:GSM only
# UO:UMTS only
# GU:GSM and UMTS
# Please select one mode to install.
Please input a valid run_mode :
5. The system prompts you to type the office name. Type the office name and press Enter.# The name of office
# The name suggest range from 5 to 32 characters.
# The characters suggest be letters, digits, "-"or "_".
Please input a valid office_name :
6. The system prompts you to type the language version. Type the language version and press
Enter.
# The OMU language version. eg: eng/chs
Please input a valid version :
7. The system prompts you to type the admin password. Type the admin password, confirm
it, and press Enter.
# The "admin" user's password of OMU service.
# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must beuppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()_+-
{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase letter,digit
or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change the password later, but this password should be provided
first.
Please input a valid admin_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
8. The system prompts you to type the FTP password. Type the FTP password, confirm it,
and press Enter.
# The ftp user's password of OMU service# The password must range from 8 to 32(characters).The characters must be
uppercase letters, lowercase letters, digits, or special characters.
Special characters include spaces and the following characters:~!@#$%^&*()_+-
{}|[]:<>?./
The password must consist of 2 types of uppercase letter,lowercase letter,digit
or special character at least.
# Do not forget the password.
# You can change it later, but this password should be provided first.
Please input a valid ftp_password :
Please input a valid Confirm password :
9. Type the external virtual IP address or a valid external virtual configuration based on the
displayed message.
Example for entering the external virtual IP address:
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 152/272
# The extranet virtual IP.
Please input a valid virtual_extranet_ip :
Example for entering the external virtual configuration:
# The extranet IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
# example: 192.168.1.9/255.255.255.0;192.168.1.1
Please input a valid virtual_extranet_config :
NOTE
External network virtual IP uses the saved former information of standby OMUa board. After the
product software are installed, you can change the IP addresses and subnet masks of the OMU
Ethernet adapters with omutool.
10. Type Dual, and press Enter.
11. The system asks you whether to continue with the installation, as shown:
Please affirm input information. input Y to continue; input E to exit. ->
12. Type Y to install product software. When the message Install OMU succeed! is
displayed, product software are successfully installed.
Step 10 Change IP addresses of OMU Ethernet adapters and their subnet masks
Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:
l Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local
commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this operation,
see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command reference.
l Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following steps.
1. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press Enter to navigate to thedirectory containing omutool.
2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses of the replaced OMU
board.
l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change the internal fixed IP address.
l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change the internal virtual IP address.
l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask (gateway) to change the external fixed
IP address and subnet mask.
l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omuc IP address to change the backup
channel IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE0 Ethernet
adapter on an OMUc board.
l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omua IP address to change the backup
channel IP address of the active and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE1 Ethernet
adapter on an OMUc board.
l Record the information about the product software installation in Information Records
of OMU Software Installation.
NOTE
It is recommended that the backup channel IP addresses of the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet
adapter B_UPDATE0 of the OMUc board be set to 192.168.9.60. In addition, set the backup channel IP
addresses of the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet adapter B_UPDATE1 to the backup channel
IP address of the OMUa board that has been removed in Records of the OMU Application InstallationInformation.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 153/272
Step 11 Record the information about the product software installation in Information Records of OMU
Software Installation.
Step 12 Start the omud on the standby OMU board. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud start command and press
Enter to start the omud.
Step 13 Wait 10 minutes while the data of OMUa board and the OMUc board is being synchronized.
After the OMU OS, product software and patches are installed, the data of the OMUa board and
the OMUc board is synchronized automatically.
Step 14 Run the DSP OMU command to check the data synchronization progress. When Data-sync
state isData synchronization is successful, run the SWP OMU command to switch the OMUc
to work as the active OMU.
Step 15 After the active/standby OMU switchover is complete, run the DSP OMU command to check
the data synchronization progress. When Data-sync state is Data synchronization is
successful, stop the OMUd process on the OMUa board, shut down the OMU OS, referring toStep 2.
Step 16 Repeat Step 3 to Step 4 to remove the OMUa board, and install OMUc board.
NOTE
The OMUc boards can be configured in slots 0 and 1, 2 and 3, 20 and 21, 22 and 23, 24 and 25, or 26 and
27. For example, if one OMUc board is configured in slot 21, the other OMUc board must be configured
in slot 20.
Step 17 Repeat operations in Step 5 to Step 9 to install product software.
Step 18 Change IP addresses of OMU Ethernet adapters and their subnet masks by referring to operations
in Step 10.
NOTE
It is recommended that the backup channel IP addresses of the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet adapter
B_UPDATE0 of the OMUc board be set to 192.168.9.50. In addition, set the backup channel IP addresses of
the active and standby OMUs on the Ethernet adapter B_UPDATE1 to the backup channel IP address of the
OMUa board that has been removed in Records of the OMU Application Installation Information.
Step 19 Start the omud on the standby OMU board. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud start command and press
Enter to start the omud.
Step 20 Wait 10 minutes while the data of two OMUc boards is being synchronized.
Step 21 Run the RMV BRD command to delete the OMUa boards which have been removed in Step16.
Step 22 Run the ADD BRD command to add the OMUc board which has been installed in Step 16.
Step 23 Run the DSP OMU command to check the data synchronization progress. When Data-sync
state is Data synchronization is successful, go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing
OMU Board.
----End
Scenario: Replacing an OMUa Board with Two OMUc Boards
This section describes how to replace an OMUa board with two OMUc boards.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 154/272
Prerequisites
l You have logged in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging
Out of the LMT.
l Two new OMUc boards are ready.
l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB
Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are
installed during the preparation.
Context
If the OMU board to be replaced is faulty and cannot undergo operation and maintenance
(O&M), obtain the latest backup data for restoring the data on the new OMU board.
Mixed—insertion of OMU Boards
l
Short-term mixed—insertion of OMU boards is supported. When an OMUc board is usedto replace an OMUa board, the OMUc board and the OMUa board can be inserted into the
slots and co-exist for a short period, so that data can be transferred from the OMUa board
to the OMUc board.
l Long-term mixed—insertion of OMU boards in slots is not supported because the active
and standby OMU boards must be of the same type for commercial delivery in existing
network, for example, both active and standby OMU boards must be OMUa boards or
OMUc boards.
Two solutions can be adopted for the OMU replacement in terms of synchronizing data during
the replacement:
l Solution 1: When slots beside the OMUa board in single-OMU mode are empty andavailable, the OMUa board can be replaced by the OMUc board through short-term mixed
—insertion of OMU boards.
l Solution 2: When slots beside the OMUa board in single-OMU mode are not empty and
available, the data of the OMUa board can be copied onto the OMUc board to complete
replacement.
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strapand insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For
detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
l Check whether slots beside the OMUa board are empty and available for installing the
OMUc board.
The OMUa board is twice the thickness of other OMU boards. Two OMUa boards are
installed in the slots in blue, yellow, and red frames, as shown in Figure 9-21. Between
two adjacent OMUa boards, one is active and the other is standby.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 155/272
The first OMUc board used for replacement must be installed in the green slots in the blue,
yellow, and red frames.
Example 1: An OMUa board is installed in the slots 20 and 21 before replacement.
Replacing operations are as follows:
1. Install the first OMUc board in slot 23.
2. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 20 and 21.
3. Install the second OMUc board in slot 22.
Example 2: An OMUa board is installed in the slots 22 and 23 before replacement. Perform
the following operations to replace OMU boards:
1. Install the first OMUc board in slot 21.
2. Remove the OMUa board installed in slots 22 and 23.
3. Install the second OMUc board in slot 20.
Figure 9-21 Slots housing the first OMUc board
If... Then...
Slots beside the OMUa board are empty
and available for installing the OMUc
board
Start Replacement Through Co-
Existence of OMU Boards.
Slots beside the OMUa are not available
for installing the OMUc board
Start Replacement by Copying Data of
OMU boards.
l Replacement Through mixed—insertion of OMU Boards
1. Run the BKP DB command with Path of Backup File and File Name set to
appropriate values to back up data and save it in the specified directory in the OMU
hard disk.
2. Change the OMU working mode to dual-OMU mode.
a. Log in to the active and standby OMU. For detailed operations, see Logging In
to the OMU.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 156/272
b. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop command to stop the omud process.
c. Enter cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press Enter to
navigate to the directory that contains the omutool process.
d. Run the ./omutool dualmode dual command to set the OMU working mode to
dual-OMU.
e. Enter /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start the omud process.
3. In five minutes after the OMU board operating before replacement is started, run the
DSP OMU command. When the Operational state is Active normal, install the first
OMUc board in the slot shown in Figure 9-21.
4. Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.
NOTE
The OMUc board is set to boot from the USB port by default at delivery.
After the OMU board restarts, it automatically installs OS and software.
5. Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating
system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether
the OMU operating system is installed successfully.
– If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator
status by referring to Table 9-18.
– If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the
indicator status by referring to Table 9-19.
NOTE
If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When
this occurs, prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flashdrive to a new USB flash drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.
For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing
a USB Flash Drive.
Table 9-18 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU
operating system installation
Board During Installation
SuccessfulInstallation
FailedInstallation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator
blinks.
l The ACT
indicator
blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is off.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator
blinks.
l The RUN
indicator is off.
l The ALM
indicator
blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator
blinks.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 157/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 158/272
If... Then...
The SUSE Linux OS or Dopra Linux OS
is used
1. Log in to the active and standby
OMU. For detailed operations, see
Logging In to the OMU.2. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop
command to stop the omud process.
3. Run the poweroff command to shut
down the OMU OS.
The Windows OS is used 1. Log in to the active and standby
OMU. For detailed operations, see
Logging In to the OMU.
2. Choose Start > Run, Enter cmdand
then press Enter. The OMU
command interface is displayed.3. Run the net stop omud command to
stop the omud process.
4. Choose Start > Shutdown. Select
Shutdown from the drop-down list
box to shut down the OMU OS.
10. Remove the standby OMUa board. For detailed operations, see Replacing an OMU
board that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that
is equipped with old ejector levers.
11. Install the second OMUc board in the active and standby slots of the first OMUc board.
These slots are the green slots shown in Figure 9-22.
The green slots in Figure 9-22 are the slots for housing the second OMUc board.
Figure 9-22 Slots housing the second OMUc board
12. Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 159/272
13. Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating
system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether
the OMU operating system is installed successfully.
14. Adjust all the IP addresses and masks on the standby OMU board and ensure there is
no conflict between the internal network fixed IP addresses, the external network fixedIP addresses, and the backup channel IP addresses of the active and standby OMU
boards. All these IP addresses meet the requirements for planning IP addresses. For
details about how to adjust IP addresses, see Changing the IP Addresses and Masks
for the new OMU Boards.
15. Wait 10 minutes while the data of two OMUc boards is being synchronized.
16. Run the RMV BRD command to remove an OMUa board.
17. Run the ADD BRD command to add an OMUc board.
18. Run the DSP OMU command to check the data synchronization progress. When
Data-sync state is Data synchronization is successful, start 9.14.6 Common
Operation for Replacing OMU Board.l Replacement by Copying Data of OMU Boards
1. Run the BKP DB command with Path of Backup File and File Name set to
appropriate values to back up data and save it in the specified directory in the OMU
hard disk.
2. Save the performance configuration file, SSL license file, and OMU system data to
the local PC.
a. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, see Starting the file
manager on the LMT.
b. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click
Download.
NOTE
Run the LST OMUAREA command to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that the OMU
active workspace is version_a:
l Performance configuration files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas directory.
Only DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.
l License files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\license directory.
3. Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.
4. Stop the omud process on the standby OMU board and shut down the OMU OS.
If... Then...
The SUSE Linux OS or Dopra Linux OS
is used
1. Log in to the active and standby
OMU. For detailed operations, see
Logging In to the OMU.
2. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop
command to stop the omud process.
3. Run the poweroff command to shut
down the OMU OS.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 160/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 161/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 162/272
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the BKP DB command with Path of Backup File and File Name set to appropriate values
to back up data and save it in the specified directory in the OMU hard disk.
Step 2 Save the performance configuration file, SSL license file, and OMU system data to the local PC.
1. Start the file manager on the LMT. For detailed operations, see Starting the file manager
on the LMT.
2. Select the files to be downloaded in the corresponding directories and click Download.
NOTE
Run the LST OMUAREA command to query the OMU active workspace. Assuming that the OMU active
workspace is version_a:
l Performance configuration files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\DefaultMeas directory. Only
DefaultMeas_Active.xml and DefaultMeas_Standby.xml need to be backed up.
l SSL certificate files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\cert directory.
l License files are saved in the \bam\version_a\ftp\license directory.
Step 3 Stop the omud process on the standby OMU board and shut down the OMU operating system(OS).
If... Then...
The SUSE Linux OS or Dopra Linux OS is
used
1. Log in to the active and standby OMU. For
detailed operations, see Logging In to the
OMU.
2. Run the /etc/rc.d/omud stop command to
stop the omud process.
3. Run the poweroff command to shut down
the OMU OS.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 163/272
If... Then...
The Windows OS is used 1. Log in to the active and standby OMU. For
detailed operations, see Logging In to the
OMU.2. Choose Start > Run, Enter cmdand then
press Enter. The OMU command
interface is displayed.
3. Run the net stop omud command to stop
the omud process.
4. Choose Start > Shutdown. Select
Shutdown from the drop-down list box to
shut down the OMU OS.
Step 4 Remove the OMU board to be replaced. For detailed operations, see Replacing an OMU board
that is equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with
old ejector levers.
Step 5 Insert the prepared USB installation disk into any USB port on the OMU panel.
Step 6 Inset the new OMU board in the slots where the OMUa board is installed.
NOTE
The OMUc board is set to boot from the USB port by default at delivery.
After the OMU board restarts, it automatically installs OS and software.
Step 7 Wait 1 to 2 minutes and then use the USB flash drive to install the OMU operating system. Check the status of indicators on the OMU board panel to determine whether the OMU operating system
is installed successfully.
l If only the operating system is to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator status. See
Table 9-20.
l If the operating system and applications are to be installed on the OMU, check the indicator
status. See Table 9-21.
NOTE
If the status of the indicators differs from this, the OMU cannot identify the USB flash drive. When this occurs,
prepare another USB flash drive. Alternatively, copy the data in the original USB flash drive to a new USB flash
drive, and then reinstall the OMU operating system.
For details about the time needed for the OMU operating system installation, see Table 1 in Preparing a USB
Flash Drive.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 164/272
Table 9-20 Status of the indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system
installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
Failed Installation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is off.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator blinks.
l The RUN
indicator is off.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator blinks.
Table 9-21 Status of indicators on the OMU board panel during the OMU operating system and
product software installation
Board InstallationProcedure
SuccessfulInstallation
Failed Installation
OMUc l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator blinks.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator is
steady on or off.
l The ACT
indicator is
steady on or off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
l The RUN
indicator blinks.
l The ALM
indicator blinks.
l The ACT
indicator is off.
l The OFFLINE
indicator is off.
Step 8 Log in to the LMT and start the file manager.
Step 9 Select the target file on the local PC and click Upload to upload Step 2 or the most recentlysaved OMU data to the active workspace on the OMU hard disk. Ensure that the upload path is
the same as the backup download path.
Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the active workspace. Assuming that the
active workspace is version_a:
l Certificate files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\cert.
l License files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\license.
l OMU system data files are saved in \mbsc\bam\version_a\data\backup.
Step 10 Log in to the OMU using the external network fixed IP address. For detailed operations, see
Logging In to the OMU.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 165/272
Step 11 Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stop the omud process.
Step 12 Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services and press Enter to navigate to the
directory containing the omu_backup_linker tool.
Step 13 Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to start the omu_backup_linker tool.
Step 14 A message is displayed "Please input a valid bkp_res_type :." Type restore
and press Enter.
Step 15 A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup file pathname : ."
Type the backup file save path and the file name and press Enter. The system starts to restore
data. A message will be displayed showing success or failure, for example, "Restore OMU
database succeed!" may be displayed.
Step 16 Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start the omud pr ocess.
Step 17 Start 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
9.14.5 Scenario: Replacing Active and Standby OMUs in Dual-OMU Mode
This section describes how to replace the active and standby OMUs when two OMUs are
configured in active/standby mode on BSC6900. In this scenario, OMU operation and
maintenance of the host boards are interrupted.
Prerequisites
l It is recommended that the new board be the same type as the boe\ard to be replaced.
NOTE
The OMUc board only runs the Dopra Linux OS.
l A USB installation disk has been prepared. For detailed operations, see Preparing a USB
Flash Drive. The operation type is set to Install and product software and patches are
installed during the preparation.
Context
l Replace both the active and standby boards only when they are both faulty. Otherwise,
perform the operations described in 9.14.3 Scenario: Replacing the Standby OMU in
Dual-OMU Mode. If OMUc boards are used instead of OMUa boards, see Scenario:
Replacing Two OMUa Boards with Two OMUc Boards.
l The new OMUs can use the same operating system as the OMUs to be replaced or use
another operating system, but the active and standby OMUs must use the same operating
system.
l The new OMUs must be of the same type as the OMUs to be replaced.
l When the new OMU board runs a different OS from that of the OMU board to be replaced,
it is recommended that you switch the OS of the new OMU board to that of the old OMU
board. This facilitates user operations.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 166/272
NOTICE
To protect the OMU board from the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD), wear an ESD wrist strap
and insert its connector into the ESD socket on the cabinet before replacing the board. For detailed operations, see 11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap. If an ESD wrist strap or ground
point is unavailable, wear a pair of ESD gloves instead.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove the active and standby OMUs by referring to Replacing an OMU board that is
equipped with new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with old
ejector levers.
Step 2 Perform the following operations based on the operating system:
Option Description
If the OMU operating
system is Dopra Linux
1. Connect two USB installation disks to any two USB ports on the
two new OMUs, respectively.
2. Install the new OMUs into the slots for the active and standby
OMUs.
3. After one or two minutes, the USB installation disks start
installation. Check the status of the indicators on the OMU panels
to determine whether installation is complete. For details about
indicator status, see Table 1 and Table 2 in Scenario: Old OMU
Board Running Dopra Linux and New OMU Board RunningSUSE Linux/Windows
4. Perform the following operations based on the USB installation
disk type:
l If the operation type of the installation disk is Install, perform
Step 5.
l If the installation type of the USB installation disks is
Switch, go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing
OMU Board without needing to restore OMU data.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 167/272
Option Description
If the OMU operating
system is SUSE Linux
1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation
source for SUSE Linux. For details, see Preparations for
Reinstalling the OMU Operating System and Creating an
Installation Source for the Operating System.
2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port on
each of the new OMUs.
3. Install a new OMU in the slot for the active OMU. For detailed
operations, see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with
new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is
equipped with old ejector levers.
4. Use EasyInstall to install SUSE Linux. For details, see Installing
the OMU Operating System by Using the EasyInstall Software.
5. Repeat steps a through d to install another OMU into the slot for
the standby OMU and install SUSE Linux.
6. Install product software on the active and standby OMUs. For
details, see Install product software. in Scenario: Old OMU
Running SUSE Linux and New OMU Running Dopra
Linux.
If the OMU operating
system is Windows
1. On the local computer, use EasyInstall to prepare an installation
source for Windows. For details, see Preparations for Reinstalling
the OMU Operating System, Creating an Installation Source for
the Operating System and Creating an Installation Source for the
SetWin Software and OS Patches.
2. Connect the local computer to the debugging Ethernet port oneach of the new OMUs.
3. Install a new OMU in the slot for the active OMU. For detailed
operations, see Replacing an OMU board that is equipped with
new ejector levers or Replacing an OMU board that is
equipped with old ejector levers.
4. Use EasyInstall to install Windows. For details, see Installing the
OMU Operating System by Using the EasyInstall Software.
5. Repeat steps a through d to install another OMU into the slot for
the standby OMU and install SUSE Linux.
6. Install product software on the active and standby OMUs. For details, see Install product software. in Scenario: Old OMU
Running Windows and New OMU Running Dopra Linux.
Step 3 Change the IP addresses of the new OMUs to those of the OMUs to be replaced.
Perform either of the following operation to change IP addresses of the new OMU:
l Run the MOD OMUIP command. This operation can be performed only if the local
commissioning network adapter is connected to the OMU. For details about this operation,
see the description of the MOD OMUIP command in the MML command reference.
l Use the omutool to change IP addresses of the OMU. For details, see the following steps.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 168/272
Option Description
If the OMU operating
system is Dopra Linux
1. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/version_a/bin/bam and press
Enter to navigate to the directory containing omutool.
2. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addressesof the replaced OMU board.
l Execute ./omutool innercard IP address to change the
internal fixed IP address.
l Execute ./omutool innervip IP address to change the internal
virtual IP address.
l Execute ./omutool extercard IP address mask (gateway) to
change the external fixed IP address and subnet mask.
l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway
IP address) to change the external virtual IP address and
subnet mask.l Use the command ./omutool backupcard IP address to
change the backup channel IP address of the active and standby
OMUs of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an
OMUa board.
l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omuc IP
address to change the backup channel IP address of the active
and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE0 Ethernet adapter on
an OMUc board.
l Use the command ./omutool backupcard_for_omua IP
address to change the backup channel IP address of the active
and standby OMUs of the B_UPDATE1 Ethernet adapter onan OMUc board.
l Execute ./omutool debugcard IP address to change the
commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT
PC from the OMU board. Use the new debugging IP address to connect
the LMT PC to the OMU board again.
3. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start and press Enter to start
the omud process.
NOTEAfter the IP address of the active OMU is set, log in to the standby OMU and
repeat the previous steps.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 169/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 170/272
Option Description
If the OMU operating
system is Windows
1. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMU
command mode.
2. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\version_a\bin\bam and press Enter to navigate to the directory containing omutool.
3. Change the OMU IP addresses by referring to the IP addresses
of the replaced OMU board.
l Execute omutool innercard IP address to change the internal
fixed IP address.
l Execute omutool innervip IP address to change the internal
virtual IP address.
l Execute omutool extercard IP address subnet mask (gateway
IP address) to change the external fixed IP address and subnet
mask.l Execute ./omutool extervip IP address subnet mask (gateway
IP address) to change the external virtual IP address and
subnet mask.
l Use the command omutool backupcard IP address to change
the backup channel IP address of the active and standby OMUs
of the ETH3-UPDATE Ethernet adapter on an OMUa board.
l Execute omutool debugcard IP address to change the
commissioning IP address.
NOTE
Changing the debugging IP address immediately disconnects the LMT
PC from the OMU board. Use the new debugging IP address to connect
the LMT PC to the OMU board again.
4. Type the command net start omud to start the omud progress.
NOTE
After the IP address of the active OMU is set, log in to the standby OMU and
repeat the previous steps.
Step 4 Install the operating system patch and upgrade the Ethernet adapter drive as shown in Table
9-22.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 171/272
Table 9-22 Criteria for operations (3)
If... Then...
The OMU OS is Suse
Linux
Contact Huawei engineers to obtain the Hash value calculation tool
from http://support.huawei.com/carrier/#click=main3 andenter SingleRAN_O&M tools in the search window. Then,
download the OMU Driver Upgrade CHS ***.rar and get
Upgrade Guide to OMU Linux Ethernet Adapter Driver and OMU
driver upgrade tool. Please refer to BSC6900 Upgrade Guide to
OMU O&M Panel Adapter Driver to upgrade the OMU adapter
driver.
NOTE
Suse Linux Operating System has no patch.
The OMU OS is
Windows
Download and decompress the Upgrade Guide to OMU
Windows Operating System and Ethernet Adapter Driver.
rar file from the release document. Decompress the package and
obtain the Upgrade Guide to OMU Windows Operating System
and Ethernet Adapter Driver .
Step 5 Remove the debugging Ethernet cable from the OMU board panel.
Step 6 Connect the LMT PC to the OMU external network.
Step 7 Download the latest backup data from the U2000 to the local computer For details, see Security
Management in U2000 Product Documentation.
Step 8 Log in to the LMT. For detailed operations, see Logging In to and Logging Out of the LMT. Onthe LMT, start the file manager. For detailed operations, see File Manager.
Step 9 Select the target file on the local computer and then click Upload file to upload the most recently
saved OMU data to the OMU hard disk. Ensure that the upload path is consistent with the
download path of the backup data and the data is uploaded to the active workspace.
Run the MML command LST OMUAREA to query the active workspace. Assuming that the
active workspace is version_a:
l Certificate files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\cert.
l License files are saved in \bam\version_a\ftp\license.
l OMU system data files are saved in \mbsc\bam\version_a\data\backup.
Step 10 Restore OMU data based on the operating system.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 172/272
Option Description
The OMU OS is
Dopra Linux
1. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network
IP address. For details, see Logging In to the OMU.
2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stopthe omud process.
3. Refer to Steps a and B to log in to the active OMU and end the
omud process.
4. Type the command cd /mbsc/bam/common/services and press
Enter to navigate to the directory containing the
omu_backup_linker tool.
5. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to
start the omu_backup_linker tool.
6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid
bkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.7. A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup
file pathname : ." Type the backup file save path and the
file name and press Enter. The system starts to restore data. A
message will be displayed showing success or failure, for
example, "Restore OMU database succeed!" may be
displayed.
8. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the
active OMU.
9. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network
IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.
10.Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the
standby OMU.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 173/272
Option Description
The OMU OS is Suse
Linux
1. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network
IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.
2. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud stop and press Enter to stopthe omud process.
3. Refer to Steps a and B to log in to the active OMU and end the
omud process.
4. Type the command cd /BSC6000/data/mbsc/bam/common/
services and press Enter to navigate to the directory containing
the omu_backup_linker tool.
5. Type the command ./omu_backup_linker and press Enter to
start the omu_backup_linker tool.
6. A message is displayed "Please input a valid
bkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.7. A message is displayed "Please input a valid backup
file pathname : ." Type the backup file save path and the
file name and press Enter. The system starts to restore data. A
message will be displayed showing success or failure, for
example, "Restore OMU database succeed!" may be
displayed.
8. Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the
active OMU.
9. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network
IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.
10.Type the command /etc/rc.d/omud start to start omud on the
standby OMU.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 174/272
Option Description
The OMU OS is
Windows
1. Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network
IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.
2. Choose Start > Run, type cmd, and press Enter to enter the OMUcommand mode.
3. Type the command net stop omud to stop the omud progress.
4. Refer to Steps a through c to log in to the active OMU and end
the omud process.
5. Type the command cd /d d:\mbsc\bam\common\services and
press Enter to navigate to the directory containing the
omu_backup_linker tool.
6. Type the command omu_backup_linker.exe and press Enter to
start the omu_backup_linker tool.
7. A message is displayed "Please input a validbkp_res_type :." Type restore and press Enter.
8. Type the backup file save path and the file name and press
Enter. The system starts to restore data. A message will be
displayed showing success or failure, for example, "Restore
OMU database succeed!" may be displayed.
9. Run net start omud to start omud on the active OMU.
10.Log in to the standby OMU by using the fixed external network
IP address. For details, refer to Logging In to the OMU.
11.Run net start omud to start omud on the standby OMU.
Step 11 Go to 9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board.
----End
9.14.6 Common Operation for Replacing OMU Board
This section describes the common operation after replacing OMU board, including querying
the OMU working status, modifying the name of the OMU, setting the time information of the
OMU, and setting the mode of the network adapter.
Procedure
Step 1 Optional: Apply for a digital certificate.
If the certificate is issued by Huawei, that is, Issuer in 1.2 contacts Huawei, a new certificate
is not required.
When the operation and maintenance channel of the BSC6900 enables the Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL), and uses equipment certificate not issued by Huawei, that is, Issuer in 1.2 does not contact
Huawei, the onsite engineer needs to determine whether to log out the equipment certificate of
the OMU board that has been replaced, and apply for a new one based on the certificate and the
equipment serial number (ESN) of the OMU board.
l If the ESN of the OMU board that has been replaced is the same with that in the equipment
certificate used by the NE, apply for a new certificate. For details, see "Certificate
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 175/272
Application" in section "PKI Feature Parameter Description" of GBSS Feature
Documentation.
l If the ESN of the OMU board is different from that used by the NE, a new certificate is not
required, the original certificate can be continued to use.
1. Run the MML command LST APPCERT to query the digital certificate of the current
OMU board.
To query the device certificate files being used by all applications, run the
following command:
LST APPCERT:;
%%LST APPCERT:;%%
RETCODE = 0 Execution succeeded.
List Appcert
----------------
Application Type Certificate File Name
SSL usercert.pem
(Number of results = 1)
--- END
2. Run the MML command DSP APPCERT to query the ESN in Common Name of the
equipment.
If the Common Name is 1234.***, then the ESN is 1234.
To query the detailed information about a device certificate file for an
application (Application Type: SSL), run the following command:
DSP APPCERT: APPTYPE=SSL;
%%DSP APPCERT: APPTYPE=SSL;%%
RETCODE = 0 Execution succeeded
Display Appcert
---------------
Application Type = SSL
File Name = usercert.pem
Issuer = ***
Common Name = ***
Serial Number = 76:41:2d:00:1e:
25:60:8f:a6:d6:c2:e5:d1:33:81:75:55
Effective Date = 2012-03-21 06:55:48
Expiration Date = 2027-03-18 06:55:48
Status = Normal
(Number of results = 1)
--- END
3. Run the MML command DSP ELABEL to query the ESN of the current OMU board.
In the example, BarCode is set to 210223880610B9000133, and this is the ESN of the
current OMU board.
To query the electronic label of the board (Subrack No. = 0; Device Type =
BOARD; Slot No. = 6), run the following type:
DSP ELABEL: SRN=0, DEVTYPE=BOARD, SN=6;
The result is as follows:
%%DSP ELABEL: SRN=0, DEVTYPE=BOARD, SN=6;%%
RETCODE = 0 Execution succeeded.
Electronic label information----------------------------
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 176/272
Subrack No. = 0
Slot No. = 6
Electronic label information = /$[ArchivesInfo Version]
= /$ArchivesInfoVersion=3.0
[Board Properties] BoardType=WP11OMUa
BarCode=210223880610B9000133
Item=02238806
Description=PARC WP11OMUa Operation and
Maintenance Unit REV:a
Manufactured=2009-03-16
VendorName=Huawei
IssueNumber=00
CLEICode=
BOM=
(Number of results = 1)
--- END
ESNs queried in 1.2 and 1.3 are different, a new certificate is not required.
Step 2 Optional: When the OMU runs the Dopra Linux operating system, set the OMU status to the
same status as that before the replacement based on the result recorded in Step 1 and Step 2.
For details, see Configuring OMU Route Forwarding and Disabling Root User Login to an OMU
Using SSH.
Step 3 Log in to the LMT by referring to Log in to the LMT.
Step 4 Run the MML command DSP OMU to query such information as OMU running status, fixed
IP addresses, virtual IP addresses, data synchronization state, internal network connection state,
external network connection state, and backup channel connection state.
If... Then...
One OMU board is
configured and its
Operational state is Normal
Two OMU boards are
configured and their
Operational state is Active
normal and Standby normal
respectively
Perform operations described in Step 5.
Operational state is FaultContact Huawei technical support.
Step 5 Based on Data-sync state queried in Step 4, do as follows:
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 177/272
If... Then...
Data-sync state is not Data synchronization
is successful
Clear alarms by referring to
ALM-20701 OMU Failure Switchover
and ALM-20704 OMU Data
Synchronization Failure. Go to Step 6
after the alarms are cleared.
Data-sync state is Data synchronization is
successful
Perform operations described in Step
6.
Step 6 Run the MML commands LST VER and LST PATCHVER to query whether the OMU
software version and patch version are correct.
If... Then...
They are correct Perform operations described in Step 7.
They are incorrect Obtain the OMU version software and patch software
again and install them.
Step 7 Run the MML command DSP OMUMODULE to query the status of the OMU processes.
If... Then...
State is Active or Stopped l In dual-OMU mode, go to Step 8.
l In single-OMU mode, go to Step 9.
State is Abnormal Contact Huawei technical support.
Step 8 (For OMU boards in dual-OMU mode only) Run the MML command CMP OMUDATA to
compare data about active and standby OMU boards. Check whether alarm data, performance
data, and configuration data are consistent between the active and standby OMU boards.
If... Then...
The data is inconsistent 1. Run the MML command STR DATASYNC to start
data synchronization.
2. Perform operations described in Step 9.
The data is consistent Perform operations described in Step 9.
Step 9 Run the MML command CMP LICENSE to check whether the running license on host boards
is consistent with that on the OMU board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 178/272
If... Then...
The licenses are inconsistent 1. Resolve the problem by referring to ALM-20734
License Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.
2. Perform operations described in Step 10.
The licenses are consistent Perform operations described in Step 10.
Step 10 Run the MML command CMP BRDVER to check whether the running version on host boards
is consistent with that on the OMU board.
If... Then...
The software versions are
inconsistent
1. Resolve the problem by referring to ALM-20733
Software Version Inconsistency Between OMU andHost.
2. Perform operations described in Step 11.
The software versions are
consistent
Perform operations described in Step 11.
Step 11 Run the MML command ACT CRC to check whether the configuration data on host boar ds is
consistent with that on the OMU board.
If... Then...
The configuration data is
inconsistent
1. Resolve the problem by referring to ALM-20736 Data
Inconsistency Between OMU and Host.
2. Perform operations described in Step 12.
The configuration data is
consistent
Perform operations described in Step 12.
Step 12 Run the MML command LST BRD to query Slot No. and Board Type of the OMU boar d.
If... Then...
The board type is inconsistent
before and after the OMU board
replacement
1. Run the MML command RMV BRD to remove
configurations of the replaced OMU board.
2. Run the MML command ADD BRD to add
configurations of the new OMU board.
3. Perform operations described in Step 13.
The board type is consistent
before and after the OMU board
replacement
Perform operations described in Step 13.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 179/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 180/272
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.15 Replacing a PAMU Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty PAMU board. The PAMU board is hot-swappable.
It takes about ten minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and an ESD
box or bag.
l A new PAMU board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
Procedure
Step 1 Record the status of the mute switch of the PAMU to be replaced.
For the position of the mute switch, see Panel of the PAMU Board.
Step 2 Set all bits of the DIP switch SW1 on the new PAMU to ON, as shown in Figure 9-23.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 181/272
Figure 9-23 Setting of the DIP switch on the PAMU
Step 3 Loosen the screws on the monitoring board panel of the power distribution box with a Phillips
screwdriver, as shown in Figure 9-24.
Figure 9-24 Removing the monitoring board panel of the power distribution box
1 Monitoring board panel of the power distribution box 2 M3 recessed pan head screw 3 PAMU board
Step 4 Hold the monitoring board panel and remove the board from the power distribution box.
Step 5 Loosen the screws fixing the monitoring board panel to the PAMU board with a Phillips
screwdriver and remove the PAMU. as shown in Figure 9-25.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 182/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 183/272
NOTE
You can obtain the bar code of the board on the PCB plate of the faulty board.
9.16 Replacing a PEUa/PEUc BoardThis section describes how to replace a faulty PEUa/PEUc board. The PEUa/PEUc board is hot-
swappable. It takes about eight minutes to replace a PEUa/PEUc board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, and an ESD box or bag.
l A new PEUa/PEUc board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby PEUa/PEUc has no adverse impact on the system. Replacing the
PEUa/PEUc board working in stand-alone mode, however, interrupts services carried on this board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a PEUa/PEUc board,
replacing the PEUa/PEUc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its
peer equipment.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the backup status of the PEUa/PEUc board to be
replaced.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 184/272
If... Then...
Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.
Backup type is No backup Go to Step 3.
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in
active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board
over to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at
midnight.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.
If... Then...
IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP
path.
2. Go to Step 4.
IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Check whether the labels on the E1/T1 cable and clock cable (if configured) connected to the
PEUa/PEUc are legible. If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid
improper connection after the board is replaced.
Step 5 Disconnect the clock cable. Loosen the captive screws from the E1/T1 cable connector with a
flat-head screwdriver and remove the E1/T1 cable.
Step 6 Remove the PEUa/PEUc board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 7 Check whether the settings of the DIP switches on the new board are correct by referring to DIP
Switches on the PEUa Board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 185/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 186/272
If... Then...
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 10.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 13 If the IP path is blocked in Step 3, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.Otherwise, go to Step 14 directly.
Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.17 Replacing a POUa/POUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty POUa/POUc board. The POUa/POUc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, an ESD box or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new POUa/POUc board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 187/272
Context
NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby POUa/POUc has no adverse impact on the system. Replacing the
POUa/POUc board working in stand-alone mode, however, interrupts services carried by the
subrack that houses the board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a POUa/POUc board,
replacing the POUa/POUc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its
peer equipment.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the backup status of the POUa/POUc board to be
replaced.
If... Then...
Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.
Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4 .
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in
active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the POUa/POUc board to be replaced.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 188/272
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board
over to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at
midnight.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP OPT command to query the backup status of all the ports on the POUa/POUc
board to be replaced.
If... Then...
The ports are configured in independent
mode
Go to Step 4 .
The ports are configured in active/
standby mode, and the ports are active
1. Run the DSP MSP command to query the
MSP status.
l If the MSP is not started, run the ACT
MSP command to activate the MSP.
l If the MSP has been started, go to 3.2.
2. Run the SET MSPCMD command to switchthe active port to standby status.
l If the active port is located in a slot with
an even number, set MSPCMD to MS
(Manual switchover from working link
to protection link).
l If the active port is located in a slot with
an odd number, set MSPCMD to LOP
(Lockout of Protection).
3. Go to Step 5.
NOTICE
Before activating the MSP, ensure that the local end
and the peer end have the same protection mode.
The ports are configured in active/
standby mode, and the ports are standby
Go to Step 5.
Step 4 Run the DSP IPPATH command to query the status of board to be replaced.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 189/272
If... Then...
IPPATH status is AVAILABLE 1. Run the BLK IPPATH command to block the IP
path.
2. Go to Step 5.
IPPATH status is UNAVAILABLE Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Check whether the labels on the optical cable and clock cable (if configured) connected to the
POUa/POUc are legible. If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid
improper connection after the board is replaced.
Step 6 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connectors are dirty, clean them with
the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.
Step 7 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.
Step 8 Check whether the settings of the DIP Switches on the POUa Board of the standby board are
correct.
NOTE
If the faulty board is POUc, checking the DIP switch is not required.
If... Then...
The settings are correct Go to Step 9.
The settings are incorrect 1. Set the DIP switches correctly.
2. Go to Step 9.
Step 9 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 10 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, install
the optical cables by referring to the labels.
Step 11Install the clock cable (if configured) by referring to the labels.
Step 12 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run the DSP BRD command to query the status
of the new board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 14.
The parameter is of any other values Go to Step 13.
Step 13 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 190/272
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 12.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 14.
Step 14 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with theboard version matching table
Go to Step 15.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 12.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 15 If the IP path is blocked in Step 4, run the UBL IPPATH command to unblock the IP Path.
Otherwise, go to Step 16 directly.
Step 16 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
Follow-up ProcedureRecord the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 191/272
9.18 Replace an SAUa/SAUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty SAUa/SAUc board. The SAUa/SAUc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about 16 minutes to replace the SAUa/SAUc board.
Prerequisites
l The tools used for replacing the SAUa/SAUc board are ready. The required tools are as
follows: ESD wrist strap, Phillips screwdriver, and ESD box/bag.
l You have prepared a new SAUa or SAUc board.
l The SAUa/SAUc board to be replaced is disabled.
Context
The following items of the new SAUa/SAUc board must be consistent with those of the SAUa/
SAUc board to be replaced:
l Password of the administrator of the operating system
l Internal and external fixed IP addresses
l PC name
NOTICE
Replacing the SAUa/SAUc board working in stand-alone mode will interrupt the communication between the host boards and the SAUa/SAUc, which results in system data loss.
Procedure
Step 1 Wear the ESD wrist strap and connect the ground core of the wrist strap to the ESD jack on the
cabinet.
Step 2 Remove the SAUa/SAUc board to be replaced.
1. Loosen the captive screw on the SAUa/SAUc board counterclockwise with a screwdriver,
as shown in A of Figure 9-26.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 192/272
Figure 9-26 Uninstalling the SAUa/SAUc board
NOTE
The preceding figure takes an SAUa board as an example. The procedure for an SAUc board is
similar.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 193/272
2. Press and hold the two locking buttons, flip outward the ejector levers on the SAUa/SAUc
board panel to unlock them, and rotate them outward. The SAUa/SAUc board is separated
from the backplane, as shown in part B of Figure 9-26.
NOTE
Turning outwards the ejector levers on the SAUa/SAUc board gives a power-off sign to the SAUa/
SAUc board. The SAUa/SAUc board automatically shuts down the operating system and stops the
read/write operations on the hard disk. Then, the OFFLINE/OFL indicator on the SAUa/SAUc board
is steady on, indicating that the SAUa/SAUc board is powered off.
3. Remove the Ethernet cable, mouse cable, keyboard cable, and monitor cable (if configured)
from the SAUa/SAUc board after the OFFLINE/OFL indicator blinks fast and then is steady
blue.
4. Remove the SAUa/SAUc board to be replaced along the guide rail of the subrack, as shown
in C of Figure 9-26.
Step 3 Install the new SAUa/SAUc board.
1. Press and hold the two locking buttons of the new board, flip outward the ejector levers to
separate them from the self-locking latch, and rotate them until they cannot be rotated, as
shown in part A of Figure 9-27.
2. Slide the new SAUa/SAUc board along the guide rails into the subrack, as shown in B of
Figure 9-27.
Figure 9-27 Installing the SAUa/SAUc board
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 194/272
NOTE
l The preceding figure takes an SAUa board as an example. The procedure for an SAUc board is
similar.
l The SAUa/SAUc is preferentially inserted into slots that meet the requirements. For details, see
SAUa Board or SAUc Board.
3. Turn the ejector levers on the SAUa/SAUc board inwards until they are in position, as
shown in C of Figure 9-27.
4. Tighten the captive screw clockwise with a screwdriver, as shown in D of Figure 9-27.
The new SAUa/SAUc board loads automatically and the RUN indicator blinks (0.125s on
and 0.125s off).
5. Install the cables by referring to the labels.
Step 4 Install the SAU Software. Configure the PC name and IP addresses of the new SAUa/SAUc
board to ensure that they are the same as those of the replaced SAUa/SAUc board.
For details, see the SAU User Guide of Nastar documents.
Step 5 Confirm that the SAUa/SAUc board works properly.
1. Run the DSP SAU command to query the status of the new SAUa/SAUc board when the
RUN indicator is blinking (1s on and 1s off).
If... Then...
Operating Status is Active
Normal
Go to Step 5.3.
Other execution results are
displayed
Go to Step 5.2.
2. Check whether the alarms related board faults are displayed on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms related to board faults are
reported
1. Analyze the alarms according to the alarm
information, and then clear the alarms.
2. Go to Step 5.1.
Alarms related to board faults arenot displayed Go to Step 5.3.
3. Run the DSP SAUMODULE command to query the status of the SAU services.
If... Then...
Status is Startup Type The replacement is complete.
Status is Stopped Restart the abnormal process. If the fault persists,
contact the Huawei technical support engineers.
Status is Abnormal Contact Huawei technical support.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 195/272
----End
Follow-up Procedure1. Record the name of the site, slot, and board where the faulty board is located and the version
of the board.
2. Check whether there is obvious physical damage to the board. For example, check whether
there are any deformed mechanical parts, burned components, distorted connectors, and
bent or broken-off pins.
3. Record the fault cause, fault symptom, alarm name, status of indicators on the panel of the
board, and details of the procedures for locating and processing the faults on site.
4. Put the board into the ESD bag and then put the bag together with the onsite fault record
into the board box. Keep the box properly.
5. Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the faulty board.
9.19 Replacing an SCUa/SCUb Board
When an SCUa/SCUb board is faulty, you must replace it. The SCUa/SCUb board is hot-
swappable. The replacement scenarios include: replacing a SCUa board with another SCUa,
replacing a SCUa board with a SCUb board. It takes about 4 minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box
or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new SCUa/SCUb board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l
To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESDwrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 196/272
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby SCUa/SCUb board decreases the internal switching capacity but has
no impact on services.
l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCUa/SCUb board in the MPS resets all boards
in the BSC6900 and interrupts all ongoing services in the BSC6900.
l If no standby board is detected, replacing the SCUa/SCUb board in the EPS resets all boards
in the subrack and interrupts all ongoing services. In addition, the communication between
the EPS and the MPS is interrupted.
l When an SCUa board is replaced by an SCUb board, it is recommended that SFP+ cables be
used to extend the inter-subrack bandwidth to 40 GHz. Otherwise, the inter-subrack
bandwidth is 4 GHz.
Procedure
Step 1 Display the subrack that houses the SCUa/SCUb board in Device Panel on the LMT. Check the
configuration of the SCUa/SCUb board.
If... Then...
Slots 6 and 7 are equipped with the SCUa/SCUb board Go to Step 2.
Slot 6 or 7 is equipped with the SCUa/SCUb board Go to Step 3.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch over
the board to the standby state.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example,
at midnight. This is because a forced switchover will
affect system running.
CPU status is a value other than
Active normal
Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Modify the board setting.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 197/272
If... Then...
Replacing a board with a board of the
same hardware version (Including a SCUa
board is replaced by another SCUa board,a SCUb board is replaced by another
SCUb board)
Go to Step 4.
Replacing a board with a board of a later
hardware version (A SCUa board is
replaced by a SCUb board)
Contact Huawei engineers.
NOTE
Replacing an SCUa board with an SCUb board
involves complex operations, including setting the
configuration mode of subracks to the ineffective
mode and specifying the status of ports on the SCUb
board. Therefore, the replacement must be
implemented by Huawei engineers.
Step 4 Check whether the labels on the cables connected to the SCUa/SCUb board are legible. If the
labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid improper connection after the board
is replaced.
Step 5 Disconnect the cables from the faulty board.
Step 6 Remove the faulty SCUa/SCUb board from the subrack by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a
Board.
Step 7 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
If... Then...
Replacing a board with a board of
the same hardware version
(Including a SCUa board is replaced
by another SCUa board, a SCUb
board is replaced by another SCUb
board)
Go to Step 8.
NOTE
The new board automatically loads program and
configuration data, and the RUN indicator blinks (0.125s on
and 0.125s off).
Replacing a board with a board of a
later hardware version (A SCUa
board is replaced by a SCUb board)
l Run the SET CFGDATAINEFFECTIVE
command to set the configuration mode of all
subracks to the ineffective mode.
l Run the RST BSC command to set all subracks of
the BSC.
l Go to Step 8.
Step 8 Install the cables by referring to the labels.
Step 9 If the RUN indicator blinks (1s on and 1s off), run the DSP BRD command to query the status
of the new board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 198/272
If... Then...
Only one SCUa/SCUb board is configured, and the CPU status
parameter is set to is Active normal
Go to Step 11.
Two SCUa/SCUb boards are configured, and the CPU status
parameter is set to is Standby normal
Go to Step 11.
TheCPU status parameter is a value other than Active normal and
Standby normal
Go to Step 10.
Step 10 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the LMT.
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Analyze and clear the alarm according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 9.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 11.
Step 11 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version complies with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 12.
The board version does not comply with
the board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU board are correct. If the
files are incorrect, contact Huawei engineers
for the correct files.
2. Run the RST BRD command to reset the
board.
3. Go to Step 9.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 12 Verify whether this board is functioning properly by testing CS services with dialing and PS
services with web browsing.
----End
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 199/272
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.20 Replacing a UOIa/UOIc BoardThis section describes how to replace a faulty UOIa/UOIc board. The UOIa/UOIc board is hot
swappable. It takes about five minutes to replace the board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box
or bag, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new UOIa/UOIc board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To usea board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 200/272
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby UOIa/UOIc board has no adverse impact on the system. When no
standby UOIa/UOIc board is in position, replacing the board interrupts services carried onthis board.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only a UOIa/UOIc board,
replacing the UOIa/UOIc board interrupts ongoing services between the BSC6900 and its
peer equipment.
Procedure
Step 1 Run the LST SUBRACK command to query the backup status of the UOIa/UOIc board to be
replaced.
If... Then...
Backup type is Backup Go to Step 2.
Backup type is No backup Go to Step 4.
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if boards in slots 14 and 15 do not work in
active/standby mode, they both work in stand-alone mode.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run the SWP BRD command to switch the board
over to standby status.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at
midnight.
The CPU is in another status Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Run the DSP OPT command to query the backup status of all the optical ports on the UOIa/
UOIc board to be replaced.
If... Then...
The optical port is standby Go to Step 4.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 201/272
If... Then...
The optical port is active 1. Run the DSP MSP command to query the MSP status.
l If the MSP is not started, run theACT MSP
command
to activate the MSP.
l If the MSP has been started, go to 3.2.
2. Run the SET MSPCMD command to switch the active port
to standby status.
l If the active port is located in a slot with an even number,
set MSPCMD to MS(Manual switchover from
working link to protection link).
l If the active port is located in a slot with an odd number,
set MSPCMD to LOP(Lockout of Protection).
3. Go to Step 4.NOTICE
Before activating the MSP, ensure that the local end and the peer end
have the same protection mode.
Step 4 Check whether the labels on the optical cable and clock cable (if configured) connected to the
UOIa/UOIc board are legible. If the labels are illegible, attach a new label to the cables to avoid
improper connection after the board is replaced.
Step 5 Remove the clock cable.
Step 6 Remove the optical cables and cap the connectors. If the connector s are dirty, clean them with
the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.
Step 7 Remove the board by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board and cap the optical ports.
Step 8 Install the new board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 9 Remove the caps from optical ports and connectors, and reserve them for later use. Then, connect
the optical cable by referring to the labels.
Step 10 Install the clock cable (if configured) by referring to the labels.
Step 11 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run the DSP BRD command to query the status
of the new board.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal or Standby normal Go to Step 13.
The CPU is in another status Go to Step 12.
Step 12 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 202/272
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 11.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 13.
Step 13 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 14.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 11.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 14 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the re placed board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 203/272
9.21 Replacing an SPUa Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty SPUa board. The SPUa board is hot-swappable.
It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box
or bag, and dustfree cloth.
l A new SPUa board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby main control SPUa board has no adverse impact on the services in the
system. Replacing the main control SPUa board working in stand-alone mode, however,
interrupts services carried on the subrack.
l Replacing the standby non main control SPUa board has no adverse impact on the services
in the system. Replacing the non main control SPUa board working in stand-alone mode,however, interrupts services carried on the board.
Procedure
Step 1 Display the subrack that houses the SPUa board in the Device Panel on the LMT. Check the
configuration of the SPUa board.
If... Then...
The SPUa board to be replaced works in the active/standby mode Go to Step 2.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 204/272
If... Then...
The SPUa board to be replaced does not work in the active/standby mode Go to Step 3.
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if the board that is installed in slot 2 does not
work in backup mode, the board that is installed in slot 3 does not work in backup mode either.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the SPUa board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is set to Active normal 1. Run SWP BRD to switch the board over to
standby.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at
midnight.
The CPU is in another status Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Remove the SPUa board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 4 Insert the new SPUa board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 5 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new
board.
If... Then...
The SPUa board to be replaced does not work in the active/standby mode,
CPU status is Active normal
Go to Step 7.
The SPUa board to be replaced works in the active/standby mode, CPU
status is Standby normal
Go to Step 7.
The CPU is in another status Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Check whether a board failure alarm is reported on the BSC6900 LMT.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 205/272
If... Then...
Alarms caused by a faulty board are
reported
1. Locate and rectify the fault according to the
alarm help information.
2. Go to Step 5.
No alarms caused by the faulty board are
reported
Go to Step 7.
Step 7 Run the CMP BRDVER command to check whether the software version of the new board is
consistent with the board version matching table.
If... Then...
The board version is consistent with the
board version matching table
Go to Step 8.
The board version is inconsistent with the
board version matching table
1. Ensure that the program files of the board in
the OMU active workspace installation\bin
\fam on the OMU are correct. If the program
files are incorrect, contact Huawei
engineers.
2. Run RST BRD to reset the board.
3. Go to Step 5.
NOTE
You can obtain the correct board version matching table from the version matching documents.
Step 8 Verify this board is functioning correctly by testing the CS services with dialing and PS services
with web browsing.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the re placed board. When packing
a board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 206/272
9.22 Replacing an SPUb/SPUc Board
This section describes how to replace a faulty SPUb/SPUc board. The SPUb/SPUcc board is
hot-swappable. It takes about six minutes to replace and load a board.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, an ESD box
or bag, and dustfree cloth.
l A new SPUb/SPUc board is ready.
l The LMT is started and communicates with the OMU properly.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l Replacing the standby main control SPUb/SPUc board has no adverse impact on the services
in the system. Replacing the main control SPUb/SPUc board working in stand-alone mode,
however, interrupts services carried on the subrack.
l Replacing the standby non main control SPUb/SPUc board has no adverse impact on the
services in the system. Replacing the non main control SPUb/SPUc board working in stand-alone mode, however, interrupts services carried on the board.
Procedure
Step 1 Display the subrack that houses the SPUb/SPUc board in the Device Panel on the LMT. Check
the configuration of the SPUb/SPUc board.
If... Then...
The SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced works in the active/standby mode Go to Step 2.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
196
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 207/272
If... Then...
The SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced does not work in the active/standby
mode
Go to Step 3.
NOTE
If two BSC6900 boards work in backup mode, the boards must be installed in an even-numbered slot and
in the slot numbered with the slot No. plus 1. For example, if the board that is installed in slot 2 does not
work in backup mode, the board that is installed in slot 3 does not work in backup mode either.
Step 2 Run the DSP BRD command to query the status of the SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced.
If... Then...
CPU status is Active normal 1. Run SWP BRD to switch the board over to standby.
2. Go to Step 3.
NOTICE
Run this command when traffic is light, for example, at midnight.
The CPU is in another status Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Optional: Modify the board setting.
If... Then...
Replacing a board with a board of the same
hardware version (Including a SPUc
board is replaced by another SPUb board,
a SPUb board is replaced by another SPUb
board)
Go to Step 4.
Replacing a board with a board of a later
hardware version (Including a SPUb
board is replaced by a SPUc board, a SPUc
board is replaced by a SPUb board)
l Run the MOD BRD command on the LMT
to modify board settings.
l Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Remove the SPUb/SPUc board to be replaced by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board.
Step 5 Insert the new SPUb/SPUc board into the subrack by referring to 9.2.4 Installing a board.
The new board automatically loads program and configuration data, and the RUN indicator
blinks every other 0.125s.
Step 6 If the RUN indicator blinks every other second, run DSP BRD to query the status of the new
board.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 208/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 209/272
Follow-up Procedure
Record the name and the bar code of the replaced board. Check whether there are obvious
physical damages, such as the distorted pin, broken pin, or burnt board. If there is any damage,
fill in BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form and pack the replaced board. When packinga board, pay attention to the following points:
l Wear an ESD wrist strap or a pair of ESD gloves.
l Ensure that each ESD bag or case holds only one board.
l When packing multiple boards, isolate them with ESD materials.
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced board.
NOTE
You may obtain the name and the PCB version from the panel or bottom of the faulty board.
9.23 Replacing a Subrack
This section describes how to replace a faulty BSC6900 subrack. After powering off a subrack,
60 minutes is required for the replacement before a new subrack starts working properly.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a socket wrench, a Phillips
screwdriver, a flat-head screwdriver, diagonal pliers, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new subrack is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
NOTICE
l Replacing a subrack interrupts services carried on the boards in the subrack.
l Replace a subrack with caution quickly when traffic is light, for example, in the early
morning.
l A subrack is fairly heavy. For safety purposes, a 3-person group is recommended when
replacing the subrack.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 210/272
Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the labels on the cables are legible. If the labels are illegible, relabel the cables
to avoid improper connection after the subrack is replaced.
Step 2 Record the installation positions of boards in the subrack and the DIP switch of the subrack.
Step 3 Check the types of the subrack to be replaced, and perform the related operations shown in the
following table:
If... Then...
The subrack is an EPS subrack Turn off the power switch for the subrack to be replaced.
The subrack is an MPS 1. Raise the ejector levers of the OMUa/OMUc board, as
shown in part B of Removing the OMUa/OMUc
board. Repeat this step if there are two boards.2. Turn off the power switch for the subrack after the
OFFLINE indicator on the OMUa/OMUc board is
steady on.
NOTE
Assign switches for BSC6900 cabinets by referring to labels on the front panel of the power distribution
box. For details, see 6.1 Distribution of Power Switches.
Step 4 Remove the cables connected to the subrack.
Step 5 Remove boards from the subrack in sequence by referring to 9.2.1 Removing a Board. Then, put them in ESD boxes or ESD bags.
Step 6 Remove the eight captive screws fixing the subrack on the cabinet from the front of the cabinet
using the Phillips screwdriver and reserve them for later use. Four captive screws are on the left
side and the other are on the right side.
Step 7 One person pushes the subrack out along the guide rail from the back of the cabinet. The other
two persons hold the subrack by the mounting ears and support the base of the subrack. Pull out
the subrack from the cabinet.
Step 8 Two persons hold the mounting ears and support the base of a new subrack. Slide the subrack
along the guiding rail into the cabinet. Then, fasten the screws to fix the subrack.Step 9 Set the DIP switches of the new subrack by referring to the DIP switching setting on the removed
subrack. For details on how to verify and set the DIP switches on BSC6900 subracks, see DIP
Switch on a Subrack.
Step 10 Install the power cables for the new subrack:
1. Take off the cover of the power cable connection box and remove the screws in the power
ports, as shown in Figure 9-28.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 211/272
Figure 9-28 Power cable connection box
2. Connect the power cables to the power ports in the subrack, as shown in Figure 9-29.
Figure 9-29 Connecting the power cable to the power port
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 212/272
3. Install the cover of the power cable connection box, as shown in Figure 9-30.
Figure 9-30 Installing the cover of the power cable connection box
Step 11 Insert the boards into the subrack by referring to the records put down in Step 2 and 9.2.4
Installing a board.
Step 12 Install the inter-SCUa or inter-SCUb cables:
l If the new subrack is to be equipped with SCUa boards, install the inter-SCUa cables between
different subracks according to instructions in Installing the Inter-SCUa Cables Between
Different Subracks.
l If the new subrack is to be equipped with SCUb boards, install inter-SCUb SFP+ high-speed
cables between different subracks according to instructions in Installing the Inter-SCUb SFP
+ High-Speed Cables Between Different Subracks.
Step 13 Install the Ethernet cables and fiber optic cables for connecting the interface boards.
Step 14 Turn on the power switch controlling the subrack on the power distribution box.
Step 15 Commission the data loading and services.
For details on the commissioning methods, see BSC6900 UMTS Commissioning Guide.
Step 16 Check whether alarms related to subrack failure such as Cell Setup Failure are cleared after the
BSC6900 subrack is replaced. Clear the alarms by referring to the online alarm reference on the
LMT. If the alarms persist, contact Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Contact the local Huawei representative office to dispose the replaced subrack.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 213/272
9.24 Replacing the Independent Fan Subrack
When an independent fan subrack in the BSC6900 is faulty, the independent fan subrack must
be replaced. It takes about 15 minutes to replace an independent fan subrack.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, a flat-head
screwdriver, diagonal pliers, dustfree cloth, and a fiber cleaner.
l A new independent fan subrack is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
Procedure
Step 1 View the label for each port at the rear of the fan subrack, as shown in Figure 9-31. If a label is
not legible, attach a new label to avoid wrong connection after replacing the fan subrack.
Figure 9-31 Rear view of the fan subrack
1 Monitor 1 port for the connection to the power
distribution box
2 Power input port 3 Monitor 2 port (reserved)
4 Monitor 0 port for the connection to the BSC6900
subrack
5 Monitor 3 port (reserved)
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 214/272
Step 2 Turn off the power switch that control the independent fan subrack to be replaced.
NOTE
For distribution of the BSC6900 power switches, see the labels on the front panel of the power distribution
box. For details, see 6.1 Distribution of Power Switches.
Step 3 Remove the four screws that fix the independent fan subrack from the front of the cabinet and
reserve them for later use.
Step 4 Hold the mounting ears and support the bottom of the fan subrack, and then pull the fan subrack
for a short distance so that the cables connected to the independent fan subrack can be removed.
Step 5 Remove the cables connected to the independent fan subrack by referring to 10 Replacing a
cable.
Step 6 Hold the mounting ears and support the bottom of the fan subrack, and then remove the
independent fan subrack from the cabinet.
Step 7 Connect monitoring signal cables and PGND cable to the new independent fan subrack.
Step 8 Hold the mounting ears and support the bottom of the new independent fan subrack, and then
push the independent fan subrack slowly into the cabinet along the guide rails.
NOTICE
l Do not push the independent fan subrack completely into the cabinet, that is, certain space
should be reserved for installing cables.
l Pay attention to the mounting bar and guide rails when installing cables.
Step 9 Connect the power cable and monitoring signal cable in sequence of the power distribution box
to the new independent fan subrack.
Step 10 Connect the monitoring signal cable to the monitor 0 port on the new independent fan subrack.
Step 11 Connect the PGND cable to the mounting bar.
Step 12 Push the independent fan subrack completely into the subrack.
Step 13 Fix the screws on the panel of the independent fan subrack.
Step 14 Turn on the power switch that control the independent fan subrack on the power distribution
box.
Step 15 Perform service commissioning.
For detailed procedures, see the BSC6900 UMTS Commissioning Guide.
Step 16 After replacing the independent fan subrack in the BSC6900 cabinet, check whether the alarms
related to the independent fan subrack are cleared. If these alarms persist, clear them by referring
to the alarm online help on the LMT. If these alarms still persist, contact Huawei technical
support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the replaced independent fan subrack.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
204
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 215/272
9.25 Replacing the Power Distribution Box
This section describes how to replace a faulty power distribution box. It takes about 25 minutes
to replace a power distribution box.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, cable ties,
diagonal pliers, PVC insulation tapes, and sticky label paper.
l A new power distribution box is configured according to actual requirements on site.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
NOTICE
l Replacing the power distribution box in the EPR interrupts all the services carried by the
EPR.
l Replacing the power distribution box in the MPR interrupts all the services carried by the
whole BSC6900.
Figure 9-32 shows the rear panel of the power distribution box.
Figure 9-32 Rear panel of the power distribution box
1 Power input terminals 2 Power output terminals
3 Port connecting the power distribution box and a service subrack 4 2-hole ground screw
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
205
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 216/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 217/272
Step 11 Install the plastic panel of the new power distribution box, install the power distribution box on
the top of the cabinet, and then fasten the four screws on the front hanger of the power distribution
box.
Step 12 Connect the cables to the power distribution box.
l Connect the PGND cable to the power distribution box.
l Connect the power input cable by referring to the engineering label or temporary label. Then,
ground screw a new engineering label to the cable.
l Connect the power output cable by referring to the engineering label or temporary label.
Then, ground screw a new engineering label to the cable.
l Connect the PDB monitoring signal cable to one end of the PDB.
Step 13 Ensure that all the power cables are correctly connected.
Step 14 Set the switch that controls the power supply of the power distribution box on the PDF to ON.
Step 15 Set the switches on the power distribution box to ON by referring to the records in Step 1.
Step 16 Install the transparent plastic filler panel at the rear of the power distribution box.
Step 17 After replacing the power distribution box, check the items in Table 9-23.
Table 9-23 Checklist for the new power distribution box
Item Result Action
Indicators on the panel
show the normal status of
the power distribution
box. For details about the
indicators, refer to Panel
of the PAMU Board.
Yes Check the next item.
No 1. Check whether the power input
cables are correctly connected.If the power input cables are
incorrectly connected,
reconnect the cables.
2. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center.
Alarms related to the
power distribution box
failure are cleared.
Yes Check the next item.
No 1. Clear the alarms by referring to
the alarm online help on the
LMT.
2. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center.
The power distribution
box supplies power to all
the components in the
cabinet.
Yes No further action is required.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
207
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 218/272
Item Result Action
No 1. Check whether the power
output cables are correctly
connected. If the power outputcables are incorrectly
connected, turn off all the
switches on the power
distribution box and the switch
that controls the cabinet on the
PDF. Then reconnect the
cables.
2. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center.
NOTE
After powering on the cabinet, check the power supply to the internal components and handle problems
accordingly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Contact the local Huawei office to dispose of the faulty power distribution box.
9.26 Replacing a Fan Assembly
This section describes how to replace a faulty fan assembly. You are advised to replace the fan
assembly within one minute.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a Phillips screwdriver, and a flat-
head screwdriver.
l The new fan assembly is clean.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
208
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 219/272
NOTICE
Replacing the fan assembly severely affects the heat dissipation. You are advised to replace the
fan assembly within one minute. Otherwise, the boards will be damaged due to high temperature.
Procedure
Step 1 Set the DIP switch on the PFCU board according to the location and configuration of the fan
assembly.
l If the fan assembly is located in the subrack and the PFCU board is configured, set the DIP
switch on the PFCU board (as shown in Figure 9-33) in the new fan assembly according to
Table 9-24.
Figure 9-33 DIP switch on the PFCU board
Table 9-24 Setting of the DIP switch on the PFCU board
DIP Switch DIP Bit Switch Status Description
SW1 1 (the lowest bit) OFF 1
2 ON 0
3 ON 0
4 (the highest bit) ON 0
l If the fan assembly is located in the independent fan subrack and the PFCU board is
configured, set the DIP switch on the PFCU board (as shown in Figure 9-34) in the new fan
assembly according to Table 9-25.
Figure 9-34 DIP switch on the PFCU board
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
209
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 220/272
Table 9-25 Setting of the DIP switch on the PFCU board
DIP Switch DIP Bit Switch Status Description
SW1 1 (the lowest bit) ON 0
2 ON 0
3 OFF 1
4 (the highest bit) ON 0
Step 2 Loosen the captive screws on the panel of the fan assembly to be replaced.
Step 3 Remove the fan assembly. As shown in Figure 9-35, hold the handle of the panel to remove the
fan assembly along the guide rails (all the fans slow down and stop). When the fan assembly is
almost out of the cabinet, hold the bottom of the fan assembly with two hands and remove it.
NOTICE
Do not touch the inside of the fan assembly when replacing the fan assembly. The running fan
or the metal edges of the mechanical parts will injure your fingers.
Figure 9-35 Pulling out the fan assembly
1 Fan Assembly 2 Subrack
Step 4 Reserve the replaced fan assembly in a safe place.
Step 5 Insert the fan assembly into the subrack along the guide rails by holding the bottom of the fan
assembly with one hand and the handle with the other hand. Then, push the fan assembly by
holding the two handles on the fan assembly along the guide rails until the fans start to work.
Step 6 Secure the captive screws on the panel.
Step 7 After replacing the fan assembly, check the items listed in Table 9-26 one by one.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
210
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 221/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 222/272
Context
NOTICETo protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
In short-distance transmission, multimode optical modules are used with the multimode fibers
and the effective transmission distance is 2 km. In long-distance transmission, single-mode
optical module are used with the single-mode fibers and the effective transmission distance can
be 15 km, 40 km, or 80 km. Generally, single-mode optical modules with an effective
transmission distance of 15 km are used. The BSC and its peer equipment must use optical
modules of the same mode and wavelength for effective transmission.
Table 9-27 lists the parameters of the mostly used optical modules.
Table 9-27 Parameters of optical modules
OpticalModuleType
ProtocolType
OpticalConnector Type
Center Waveleng th
Rate
TransmissionDistance
Max./Min.OutputOpticalPower
SaturationOpticalPower
ReceiverSensitivity
multi
mode
optical
modul
e
ST
M–
1
LC/PC 1310
nm
15
5
Mb
it/s
2 km -14/-19 dBm -14
dBm
-30
dBm
Single
-mode
optical
modul
e
ST
M–
1
LC/PC 1310
nm
15
5
Mb
it/s
15 km -8/-15 dBm -8 dBm -31
dBm
multi
mode
optical
modul
e
GE LC/PC 850
nm
1.2
5
Gb
it/s
0.5 km -2.5/-9.5 dBm 0 dBm -17
dBm
Single
-mode
optical
modul
e
GE LC/PC 1310
nm
1.2
5
Gb
it/s
10 km -3/-9 dBm -3 dBm -20
dBm
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
212
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 223/272
OpticalModule
Type
ProtocolTy
pe
OpticalConnector Type
Center Waveleng
th
Rate
TransmissionDista
nce
Max./Min.OutputOpticalPower
SaturationOptical
Power
ReceiverSensitivity
multi
mode
optical
modul
e
10
GE
LC/PC 850
nm
10.
31
25
Gb
it/s
0.3 km -1/-7.3 dBm -1 dBm -11.1
dBm
Single
-mode
optical
modul
e
10
GE
LC/PC 1310
nm
10.
31
25
Gb
it/s
10 km 0.5/-8.2 dBm 0.5
dBm
-12.6
dBm
NOTE
l Replacing the pluggable optical module on the standby optical interface board does not affect the
system.
l If there is no standby board in position, replacing the pluggable optical module on the active optical
interface board interrupts all the services carried on the board.
Procedure
Step 1 Remove the optical cable on the optical port.
Step 2 Cover the connector of the optical cable with a protective cap to keep it clean.
Step 3 Unlock the bayonet lock, as shown in part 1 of Figure 9-36. Remove the optical module, as
shown in part 2 of Figure 9-36.
Figure 9-36 Replacing an optical module
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
213
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 224/272
Step 4 Cover the optical module with a protective cap.
Step 5 Put the removed optical module in an ESD bag.
Step 6 Insert the new optical module into the socket on the optical interface board. Ensure that the
bayonet lock is secure.
Step 7 Connect the optical cable to the optical port. Ensure that the TX and RX end of the optical cable
are correctly connected. You can hear a click sound when the optical cable is securely connected.
Step 8 Check whether the alarms related to the optical module are cleared.
NOTE
An alarm is reported when the optical module is removed. The alarm is cleared after the optical module is
reinstalled.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Contact the local Huawei representative office to dispose the replaced optical module.
9.28 Replacing an Optical Splitter/Combiner
This section describes how to replace an optical splitter/combiner. The BSC6900 optical
splitters/combiners are LC/LC-LC single-mode optical splitter/combiner and LC/LC-LC
multimode optical splitter/combiner. It takes about five minutes to replace an optical splitter/combiner.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, dustfree cloth, a fiber cleaner, and
diagonal pliers.
l The following materials are ready: cable ties and permanent labels.
l A new optical splitter/combiner is ready.
l The number and type of optical splitters/combiners to be replaced are specified.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
214
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 225/272
NOTICE
l When replacing the optical splitter/combiner, do not look into the optical port without eye
protection.
l Replacing an optical splitter/combiner interrupts ongoing services on the corresponding
interface boards. Therefore, replace it during low-traffic hours, for example, at midnight.
Procedure
Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new optical splitter/combiner for easy identification. It is
recommended that content of the temporary labels be consistent with the labels on the old optical
splitter/combiner.
Step 2 Deploy the new optical splitter/combiner based on the old optical splitter/combiner.
Step 3 Disconnect the optical fiber by pressing the tab on the optical connector. Then, remove the optical
splitter/combiner to be replaced.
Step 4 Install the new optical splitter/combiner by referring to Installing the Optical Splitter/Combiner.
NOTICE
The TX end and RX end of the new optical splitter/combiner must be correctly connected.
Otherwise, optical signals cannot be received or transmitted.
Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new optical splitter/combiner with the engineering labels.
The content of the engineering labels must be identical with that of the temporary labels. For
details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.
Step 6 Bind the optical splitters/combiners.
Step 7 Check the items listed in Table 9-28.
Table 9-28 Checklist for monitoring optical splitter/combiner replacement
Item Result Action
Whether the
connection of the
optical fiber is
correct.
Yes Check the next item.
No Remove the optical fiber and reconnect it.
Whether optical
connectors are
properly inserted
into the related
ports.
Yes Check the next item.
No Secure the optical connectors.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 9 Replacing Boards and Modules
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
215
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 226/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 227/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 228/272
about 5 to 20 minutes to replace an Ethernet cable, depending on the installation position of the
Ethernet cable.
10.6 Replacing a Clock Signal Cable
This section describes how to replace a clock signal cable. Clock signal cables in the
BSC6900 can be divided into the GPS clock signal cable, BITS clock signal cable, and line clock
signal cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replace a clock signal cable depending on the installation
position of the reference clock.
10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped Clock Cable
This section describes how to replace a Y-shaped clock cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replace
a Y-shaped clock cable, depending on the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.
10.8 Replacing an EMU RS485 Communication Cable
This section describes how to replace an RS485 communication cable. Replacing the RS485
communication cable takes about five minutes depending on the position of the environment
monitoring unit (EMU).
10.9 Replacing an Alarm Box Signal Cable
This section describes how to replace an alarm box signal cable. It takes five to twenty minutes
to replace a signal cable depending on the installation position of the alarm box.
10.10 Replacing the PDB Monitoring Signal Cable
This section describes how to replace a PDB monitoring signal cable. It takes about 10 minutes
to replace a monitoring cable.
10.11 Replacing the Monitoring Signal Cable for the Independent Fan Subrack
This section describes how to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.
It takes about 10 minutes to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.
10.12 Replacing an SFP+ High-Speed CableThis section describes how to replace an SFP+ high-speed cable. It takes about 10 minutes to
replace an SFP+ high-speed cable.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
218
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 229/272
10.1 Replacing a Power Cable
This describes how to replace a power cable. It takes about 10 minutes to replace a power cablein overhead mode and about 30 minutes to replace a power cable in underfloor mode.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including diagonal pliers, a wrench, a medium-size flat-head
screwdriver, a large-size Phillips screwdriver, and a socket wrench.
l The required cable ties are ready.
l A new power cable is ready.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
NOTICE
l During the re placement of the power cable between the PDF and the power distribution box,
if single-input external power is supplied, the replacement causes the system to power off
and interrupts ongoing services. If dual-input external power is supplied, the replacement
does not affect the system but triggers a power failure alarm.
l During the replacement of the power cable between the power distribution box and the
subrack, if single-input power is supplied, the replacement causes the subrack to power off
and interrupts ongoing services carried on the boards in the subrack. If dual-input power is
supplied, the replacement does not affect the system.
l During the replacement of the power cable between the power distribution box and the
independent fan subrack, if single-input power is supplied, the replacement causes the
subrack to power off and affects the system heat dissipation. If dual-input power is supplied,
the replacement does not affect the system.
l Before replacing a power cable, check the power supply mode (for example, single input or
dual input) of the power cable and notify of the customers. For single-input power supply,
be prepared for possible service interruption.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
219
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 230/272
You can refer to Installing Power Cables and PGND Cables for laying and installing the power
cables.
Procedure
Step 1 Confirm the number, length, and type of the –48 V power cable and GND cable to be replaced.
Ensure that the new –48 V cables and GND cables are of proper length and type. Prepare power
cable connectors.
Step 2 Attach temporary labels to both ends of the new –48 V power cable and GND cable.
The content of the temporary labels must be identical with the content of the engineering labels
on the power cables to be replaced.
Step 3 Set switches SW1 through SW6 as listed in Table 10-1.
Table 10-1 Setting switches SW1 to SW6
Power Cable to beReplaced
External Power SupplyMode
Operation
Power cable between
the PDF and the power
distribution box
Single input Record the states of the switches
for power output and turn off all
the switches that are on.
Dual input/double dual inputs Record the states of the switches
for power output and turn off the
switches that are on and control
the -48 V power cable to bereplaced.
Power cable between
the power distribution
box and the subrack
Single input/dual input Record the states of the switches
for power output and turn off the
switches that are on and control
the -48 V power cable to be
replaced.
Power cable between
the power distribution
box and the independent
fan subrack
Single input/dual input Record the states of the switches
for power output and turn off the
switches that are on and control
the -48 V power cable to bereplaced.
Step 4 To replace the power cable between the PDF and the power distribution box, set the switch on
the DC PDF that controls the power supply of the cabinet to OFF, and then disconnect the input
power of the power distribution box. To replace the power cable between the power distribution
box and the subrack/independent fan subrack, skip this step.
Step 5 Remove the original –48 V power cable and GND cable, and lay out the new –48 V power cable
and GND cable.
Step 6 Connect the new –48 V power cable and GND cable to the original ports.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
220
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 231/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 232/272
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including diagonal pliers, a wrench, a medium-size flat-head
screwdriver, a large-size Phillips screwdriver, and a socket wrench.
l
The required material is ready, including cable ties or wax strings.l A new cabinet PGND cable is ready.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
You can refer to Installing Power Cables and PGND Cables.
Procedure
Step 1 Confirm the quantity, length, and diameter of the cabinet PGND cable to be replaced and make
connectors using cabinet PGND cable in proper length.
Step 2 Attach a temporary label to the new cabinet PGND cable for easy identification.
It is recommended that the content on the temporary label be consistent with that on the
engineering label of the cabinet PGND cable to be replaced.
Step 3 Remove the cabinet PGND cable to be replaced and install the new cabinet PGND cable.
Step 4 Connect two ends of the new cabinet PGND cable according to the original position of the
replaced cabinet PGND cable.
Step 5 Remove the temporary label and attach the engineering label of the cabinet PGND cable.
Step 6 Bind the cabinet PGND cable.
Step 7 Ensure that the new cabinet PGND cable is installed correctly.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose of the replaced cabinet PGND cable properly to prevent short circuit and environmental
pollution.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
222
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 233/272
10.3 Replacing an E1/T1 Cable
This section describes how to replace an E1/T1 cable of the BSC6900. The cable consists of the
Y-shaped 75-ohm coaxial cable and Y-shaped 120-ohm twisted pair. It takes about 10 minutes
to replace an E1/T1 cable.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, a flat-head screwdriver, and
diagonal pliers.
l Required cable ties are ready.
l A new E1/T1 cable is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
NOTICE
l Replacing the E1/T1 cable interrupts the services carried over the E1/T1 cable.
l If the BSC6900 and its peer end are connected using only the E1/T1 cable, all the services
between the BSC6900 and its peer end are interrupted during the replacement.
Lay E1/T1 cables or install E1/T1 cables by referring to Installing the E1/T1 Cables.
Procedure
Step 1 Confirm the quantity, length, and type of the E1/T1 cables to be replaced. Arrange for a new
E1/T1 cable with proper length and type. Note that extra length should be reserved.
Step 2 Add a connector for the DDF to the new E1/T1 cable.
Step 3 Attach temporary labels to the new E1/T1 cable. The content on the temporary label should be
consistent with the content on the original label.
NOTE
To facilitate the routing of E1/T1 cables in real situations, you may have to remove the side doors and rear
door of the cabinet. Install the removed doors after arranging the E1/T1 cables.
Step 4Lay out the new E1/T1 cable along the original routing, or according to the new routing
requirements on site.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
223
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 234/272
Step 5 On the BSC6900 side, remove the fastening screws on both ends of the E1/T1 cable without
using any tools. Then, disconnect the E1/T1 cable to be replaced from the BSC6900 and the
DDF respectively.
Step 6 Connect the new E1/T1 cable without using any tools to the original ports on the BSC6900 and
the DDF.
Step 7 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.
The content on the engineering label of the new E1/T1 cable must be identical with that on the
engineering label of the original E1/T1 cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels
to the Signal Cables.
Step 8 Bind the new E1/T1 cables.
Step 9 After replacing the E1/T1 cable, check the following item listed in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3 Checklist for E1/T1 cable replacement
Item Result Action
Whether cable
connection is correct.
Yes Check the next item.
No Remove the E1/T1 cable and
reconnect it.
Whether connectors of
the E1/T1 cable are
properly inserted into
the ports.
Yes Check the next item.
No Secure the connector.
Whether alarms relatedto transmission cable
are cleared.
Yes No further action is required.
No 1. Clear the alarms by referring
to the alarm online help on
the LMT.
2. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose of the replaced E1/T1 cable properly to prevent short circuit and environmental
pollution.
10.4 Replacing a Fiber Optic Cable
This section describes how to replace a fiber optic cable. The BSC6900 fiber optic cable includes
the LC/PC-SC/PC single mode fiber optic, LC/PC-SC/PC multimode fiber optic cable, LC/PC-
FC/PC single mode fiber optic cable, LC/PC-FC/PC multimode fiber optic cable, LC/PC-LC/
PC single mode fiber optic cable, and LC/PC-LC/PC multimode fiber optic cable. It takes about
5 minutes to replace a fiber optic cable.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
224
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 235/272
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, dustfree cloth, a fiber cleaner, and
diagonal pliers.
l The required cable ties are ready.
l A new fiber optic cable is ready.
l The number, length, and type of the fiber optic cables to be replaced are determined.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
NOTICE
l Do not look directly at connectors of the fiber optic cables when replacing the fiber optic
cable. The beam may hurt your eyes.
l When the BSC6900 and other NEs are connected in optical port backup mode, replacing one
fiber optic cable does not affect system services. However, the replacement interrupts all theservices carried on this cable in other connection mode.
l When the BSC6900 and its peer equipment are connected using only the fiber optic cable,
replacing this cable interrupts all the services between the BSC6900 and its peer NEs.
For details on how to lay and install the fiber optic cables, see Installing the Optical Cables.
Procedure
Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that the
content of the temporary labels be identical with that of the original labels.
Step 2 Lay the fiber optic cable according to the original route or a new route based on the onsite
changes.
Step 3 Disconnect the fiber optic cable to be replaced.
If... Then...
The connector type is LC/PC or SC/PC Press the tab on the connector and pull the cable
out.
The type of the connector is FC/PC Unscrew the optical connector counterclockwise.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
225
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 236/272
NOTE
If the removed fiber optic cable is not damaged, cover the connectors with dust-proof caps. If the connectors
are dirty, clean them with the dustfree cloth or the fiber cleaner.
Step 4 Remove the protective caps from the fiber optic cable connectors of the new fiber optic cable
and reserve them for later use. Connect the new fiber optic cable to the original ports.
NOTICE
For the LC/PC, SC/PC or FC/PC connector, the TX end and the RX end must be connected
correctly by referring to the temporary labels. Otherwise, the signals cannot be received or
transmitted.
Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new fiber optic cable with the engineering labels. The
content of the labels on the new fiber optic cable must be identical with that of the labels on theoriginal fiber optic cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.
Step 6 Bind the new fiber optic cable.
Step 7 Check the items as listed in Table 10-4 in sequence.
Table 10-4 Checklist for fiber optic cable replacement
ItemExpectedResult
Operation
Physical connection
is correct.
Yes Check the next item.
No Remove the fiber optic cable and reconnect it.
The connector of the
fiber optic cable is
properly inserted
into the port.
Yes Check the next item.
No Secure the insertion.
Alarms related to
transmission cables
are cleared.
Yes No further action is required.
No
Clear the alarms by referring to the online alarm
reference on the LMT. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose the replaced fiber optic cables properly to prevent environmental pollution.
10.5 Replace an Ethernet Cable
BSC6900 Ethernet cable is classified into the shielded straight-through cable for the OMU/FG2a/
FG2c interface board and the non-shielded straight-through cable for the SCU board. It takes
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
226
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 237/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 238/272
cables by referring to Checking the Appearance of Metal Contact Strips and Testing the
Connection of Assembled Cables.
Step 3 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification.
It is recommended that the content of the temporary labels be identical with that of the original
labels.
Step 4 Lay the Ethernet cable according to the original route or a new route based on the onsite changes.
Step 5 Disconnect the Ethernet cable to be replaced from the ports.
Step 6 Connect the new Ethernet cable to the original ports.
Step 7 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.
The content of the labels on the new Ethernet cable must be identical with that of the labels on
the original Ethernet cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal
Cables.
Step 8 Bind the new Ethernet cable.
Step 9 Check the items as listed in Table 10-5 in sequence.
Table 10-5 Checklist for Ethernet cable replacement
ItemExpectedResult
Operation
Cable connection is
correct.
Yes Check the next item.
No Remove the cable and reconnect it.
The connectors of the
cable are properly
inserted into the port.
Yes Check the next item.
No Secure the insertion.
Alarms related to
network
communications are
cleared.
Yes Check the next item.
No
Clear the alarms by referring to the online alarm
reference on the LMT. If the alarms persist,
contact Huawei technical support.
Check whether two
ends connected by the
cable can properlycommunicate with
each other after the
Ping command is
executed in DOS
mode.
Yes No further action is required.
NoCheck the Ethernet cable. If the Ethernet cable
is faulty, replace it with a new one.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose the replaced Ethernet cable properly to prevent environmental pollution.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
228
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 239/272
10.6 Replacing a Clock Signal Cable
This section describes how to replace a clock signal cable. Clock signal cables in the
BSC6900 can be divided into the GPS clock signal cable, BITS clock signal cable, and line clock
signal cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replace a clock signal cable depending on the installation
position of the reference clock.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap and diagonal pliers.
l Required cable ties or wax strings are ready.
l A new clock signal cable is ready.
Context
NOTICE
l To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version ato replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
Lay clock signal cables or install clock signal cables by referring to Installing the Clock Signal
Cables.
Procedure
Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that content
of the temporary label be consistent with that of the old label.
Step 2 Lay out the new clock signal cable according to the original routing or according to the newrouting requirements on site.
Step 3 Disconnect the clock signal cable from the port.
Step 4 Connect the new clock signal cable to the original ports.
Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.
The content of the engineering label must be consistent with that of the temporary label. For
details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.
Step 6 Bind the new clock signal cables.
Step 7 After replacing the clock signal cable, check the items in Table 10-6.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
229
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 240/272
Table 10-6 Checklist for clock signal cable replacement
Item Result Action
Cable connection is
correct.
Yes Check the next item.
No Remove the cable and reconnect it.
The connectors of the
clock signal cable are
properly inserted into
the ports.
Yes Check the next item.
No Secure the connector.
Alarms related to the
clock signal cable are
cleared.
Yes No further action is required.
No
Clear the alarms by referring to the alarm online
help on the LMT. If the faults persist, contact
Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose of the replaced clock signal cable properly to prevent environmental pollution.
10.7 Replacing a Y-Shaped Clock Cable
This section describes how to replace a Y-shaped clock cable. It takes 5 to 20 minutes to replacea Y-shaped clock cable, depending on the installation position of the Y-shaped clock cable.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap and diagonal pliers.
l The required cable ties are ready.
l A new Y-shaped clock cable is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
230
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 241/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 242/272
Item Expected Result Operation
No 1. Clear the alarms by referring to
the online alarm reference on the
LMT.2. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei Customer Service
Center.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose the replaced Y-shaped clock cable properly to prevent short-circuits and environment
pollution.
10.8 Replacing an EMU RS485 Communication Cable
This section describes how to replace an RS485 communication cable. Replacing the RS485
communication cable takes about five minutes depending on the position of the environment
monitoring unit (EMU).
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including tool gloves or ESD gloves, diagonal pliers, and a head-flat screwdriver.
l The required cable ties are ready.
l A new RS485 communication cable is ready.
Context
NOTICEl To avoid damage to the boards, ASIC chips, or other electronic components, wear an ESD
wrist strap properly. Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD
connector on the cabinet. If no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available,
wear ESD gloves.
l It is recommended that you need to use the same board type to replace the old board. To use
a board of the different version to replace the board (for example, use a board of version a
to replace a board of version b), contact Huawei for technical support.
You can install EMU RS485 cables by referring to Installing the EMU RS485 Communication
Cables.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
232
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 243/272
Procedure
Step 1 Lay a new RS485 cable according to the original route or a new route based on the onsite changes.
Step 2 On the EMU side, disconnect the DB9 male connector on one end of the EMU RS485
communication cable from the DB9 female socket on the EMU.
Step 3 On the BSC6900 cabinet side, disconnect the RJ45 connector on the other end of the EMU
RS485 communication cable from the J1 port on the power distribution box of the BSC6900
cabinet.
Step 4 Connect the new RS485 communication cable to the EMU and the power distribution box
according to the original route.
Step 5 Attach engineering labels to both ends of the new RS485 communication cable. For details, refer
to Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.
The content of the engineering labels on the new RS485 communication cable must be identical
with that of the engineering labels on the original RS485 communication cable.
Step 6 Power on the EMU.
Step 7 Test the EMU by referring to the manual delivered with the EMU.
Step 8 Observe the indicator on the EMU panel to check whether the communication cable connection
is correct. If not, check the connection of connectors.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose the replaced RS485 communication cable to prevent environment pollution.
10.9 Replacing an Alarm Box Signal Cable
This section describes how to replace an alarm box signal cable. It takes five to twenty minutes
to replace a signal cable depending on the installation position of the alarm box.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including ESD gloves, an ESD wrist strap, and diagonal pliers.
l The required cable ties are ready.l A new signal cable is ready.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
233
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 244/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 245/272
10.10 Replacing the PDB Monitoring Signal Cable
This section describes how to replace a PDB monitoring signal cable. It takes about 10 minutes
to replace a monitoring cable.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, diagonal pliers, and a Phillips
screwdriver.
l The materials are ready. The materials are cable ties or wax strings.
l A new monitoring cable is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
Procedure
Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that content
of the temporary label be consistent with that of the old label.
Step 2 Lay out the monitoring cable.
Step 3 Remove the monitoring cable to be replaced from the port.
Step 4 Connect the new monitoring cable to the original ports.
Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.
The content of the engineering label must be consistent with that of the temporary label. For
details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.
Step 6 Bind the monitoring cable.
Step 7 After replacing the monitoring cable of the power distribution box, check the items in Table
10-8.
Table 10-8 Checklist for monitoring cable replacement
Item Result Action
Cable connection is
correct.
Yes Check the next item.
No
Remove the monitoring cable and connect the
cable again.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
235
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 246/272
Item Result Action
The connectors of the
monitoring cable are
properly inserted intothe port.
Yes Check the next item.
No Secure the connector.
Indicators on the panel
properly indicate the
running of power
distribution box.
Yes Check the next item.
No Contact Huawei for technical support.
Alarms related to the
monitoring cable are
cleared.
Yes No further action is required.
No
Clear the alarms by referring to the alarm online
help on the LMT. If the faults persist, contact
Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose of the replaced monitoring cable to prevent environmental pollution.
10.11 Replacing the Monitoring Signal Cable for the
Independent Fan SubrackThis section describes how to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.
It takes about 10 minutes to replace a monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, diagonal pliers, and a Phillips
screwdriver.
l The materials are ready. The materials are cable ties or wax strings.
l A new monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
236
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 247/272
Procedure
Step 1 Attach temporary labels to the new cable for easy identification. It is recommended that content
of the temporary label be consistent with that of the old label.
Step 2 Lay out the new monitoring signal cable for the independent fan subrack.
Step 3 Disconnect the monitoring signal cable to be replaced from the port.
Step 4 Connect the new monitoring signal cable to the corresponding port.
Step 5 Replace the temporary labels on the new cable with the engineering labels.
The content of the engineering label must be consistent with that of the temporary label. For
details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal Cables.
Step 6 Bind the monitoring signal cable to other cables.
Step 7 After replacing the monitoring signal cable, check the items in Table 10-9.
Table 10-9 Checklist for monitoring signal cable replacement
Item Result Action
Cable connection is
correct.
Yes Go to the next item.
NoRemove the monitoring signal cable and connect
the cable again.
The connectors of the
monitoring signal cable
are securely connected
to the ports.
Yes Go to the next item.
NoSecure the connectors of the monitoring signal
cable.
The indicators on the
panel of the
independent fan
subrack correctly
indicate the state of the
fan box.
Yes Go to the next item.
No Contact Huawei for technical support.
Alarms related to the
monitoring signal cable
are cleared.
Yes No further action is required.
No
Clear the alarms by referring to the alarm online
help on the LMT. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose of the replaced monitoring signal cable properly to prevent environmental pollution.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
237
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 248/272
10.12 Replacing an SFP+ High-Speed Cable
This section describes how to replace an SFP+ high-speed cable. It takes about 10 minutes toreplace an SFP+ high-speed cable.
Prerequisites
l Required tools are ready, including an ESD wrist strap, an ESD box or bag, and diagonal
pliers.
l A new SFP+ high-speed cable is ready.
Context
NOTICE
To protect the components from electrostatic discharge, wear an ESD wrist strap properly.
Ensure that the ESD wrist strap is properly connected to the ESD connector on the cabinet. If
no ESD wrist strap or no proper grounding point is available, wear ESD gloves.
For details on how to install SFP+ high-speed cables, see Installing the Inter-SCUb SFP+ High-
Speed Cables Between Different Subracks.
Procedure
Step 1 Confirm the quantity, length, and type of the SFP+ high-speed cables to be replaced. Attach
temporary label to the new cable for easy identification. The content on the temporary label
should be consistent with that on the engineering label of the SFP+ high-speed cable to be
replaced.
Step 2 Confirm that the SCUb whose SFP+ high-speed cable is to be replaced works in standby mode.
If the SCUb works in active mode, perform active/standby switchover on the SCUb boards.
Step 3 Pull out the connector of the SFP+ high-speed cable to be replaced from where it is inserted by
the handle, as shown in Figure 10-1.
Figure 10-1 SFP+ High-Speed Cable
Step 4 Lay out the new SFP+ high-speed cable according to the original routing.
Step 5 Connect the new SFP+ high-speed cable to the corresponding ports.
Step 6 Replace the temporary label on the new SFP+ high-speed cable with the engineering label.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
238
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 249/272
The content on the engineering label must be consistent with that on the engineering label of the
original SFP+ high-speed cable. For details, see Attaching the Engineering Labels to the Signal
Cables.
Step 7 Bind the new SFP+ high-speed cable.
Step 8 After replacing the SFP+ high-speed cable, check the items listed in Table 10-10.
Table 10-10 Checklist for SFP+ high-speed cable replacement
Item Result Action
Cable connection is
correct.
Yes Check the next item.
No Remove the SFP+ high-speed
cable and reconnect it.
The connector of the
SFP+ high-speed cable
is properly inserted
into the port.
Yes Check the next item.
No Secure the connector.
Alarms related to
transmission cables are
cleared.
Yes No further action is required.
No 1. Clear the alarms by referring
to the alarm online help on
the LMT.
2. If the alarms persist, contact
Huawei technical support.
----End
Follow-up Procedure
Dispose of the replaced SFP+ high-speed cable properly to prevent short circuit and
environmental pollution.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 10 Replacing a cable
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
239
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 250/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 251/272
11.1 Wearing an ESD Wrist Strap
To protect equipment against the damage caused by ESD, when performing operations on theequipment, use the ESD wrist strap besides grounding the equipment properly.
Context
l Ensure that the metal button of the ESD wrist strap is wrapped tightly against your wrist,
and the other end of the strap (ESD jack) is inserted into the ESD socket as shown in Figure
11-1.
l Set the multimeter to the resistance scale to measure the resistance of the ESD wrist strap
as shown in Figure 11-2. Ensure that the resistance is between 0.8 megohm and 1.2
megohm. The service life of the ESD wrist strap is two years in general. When the resistance
of the ESD wrist strap fails to meet the requirements, replace it with a new one.
l An ESD wrist strap cannot protect the board from the ESD when the board is in contact
with the clothes. Therefore, avoid contact between the board and clothes.
Procedure
Step 1 Wear the ESD wrist strap properly.
Step 2 Insert the connector of the ESD wrist strap into the ESD socket on the cabinet, as shown in
Figure 11-1.
Figure 11-1 Wearing an ESD wrist strap
1 ESD socket 2 ESD jack 3 ESD wrist strap
NOTE
The connector of the ESD wrist strap can be inserted into either socket labeled with the ESD sign, as shownin part A or part B of Figure 11-1.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
241
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 252/272
Figure 11-2 Measuring the resistance of an ESD wrist strap
----End
11.2 Checking the Appearance of Metal Contact StripsThis section describes how to check the appearance of the metal contact strips and check whether
an RJ45 connector is eligible.
Context
l The metal contact strips must be of the same height and be of the standard size to ensure
the reliable contact with the core of the cable.
l The horizontal surface of the metal contact strips must be the same, with a maximum
deviation of ±5°. Each metal contact strip must be parallel to the surface of the connector.
lThe surface of the metal contact strips must be free from foreign objects, dirt, or rust.Otherwise, the continuity will be affected.
l The contact between the strips and the connector must be reliable. The arrangement of the
plastic separation strips on the connector must be neat, even and be free from tilting or
damage.
l The end of the cable core must reach the blade of the metal contact strips. The end of the
cable core must reach the surface of the connector trough as close as possible. The space
in between must be less than 0.5 mm.
Procedure
Step 1 Hold the connector and check whether the height of each metal contact strip is 6.02±0.13 mm.If the measuring tools are unavailable, you are advised to check the connector by comparing it
with an eligible connector. Figure 11-3 shows an unqualified connector. Figure 11-4 shows an
eligible connector.
NOTE
If the assembled connector is unqualified, redo the work until an eligible connector is made.
Figure 11-3 Metal contact strips of different heights
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
242
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 253/272
Figure 11-4 Metal contact strips of the same height
Step 2 Hold connector with an angle of 45° and check the horizontal surface of the metal contact strips.
Figure 11-5 shows an unqualified connector.
Figure 11-5 Metal contact strips of different heights and uneven horizontal surface
Step 3 Hold the connector and check whether there are any foreign objects, dirt, or rust on the metal
contact strips. If yes, clean the connector. If the foreign objects, dirt, or rust is irremovable, redothe connector. Figure 11-6 shows an unqualified connector.
Figure 11-6 Foreign objects on the surface of the metal contact strips
Step 4 Hold the connector and check whether the metal contact strips and the plastic separation strips
are tilting or damaged. If yes, straighten the strips. If the strips fail to be straightened, redo the
connector. Figure 11-7 shows an unqualified connector.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
243
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 254/272
Figure 11-7 Tilting plastic separation strips of the connector
Step 5 Hold the connector and check whether the cable core is visible. The end of the cable core must
reach the blade of the metal contact strips and is reliably connected with the metal contact strips.
If not, redo the connector. Figure 11-8 shows an unqualified connector.
Figure 11-8 Connector with invisible cable core
----End
11.3 Testing the Connection of Assembled Ethernet Cables
This section describes how to test an Ethernet Cable product, such as whether connectors at two
ends are conducted properly and whether the connection is correct. A straight-through cable is
used as an example in this section.
Context
There are two common types of Ethernet cables, namely straight-through cable and crossover
cable.
l The straight-through cable is used between the Ethernet adapter and Ethernet switch
(including the hub). Table 11-1 lists the one-on-one pin mapping of the cable.
Table 11-1 Pin mapping of the straight-through cable
Connector 1 Connector 2 Color of the cablecore
Twisted or not
2 2 Orange Twisted
1 1 Orange and white
6 6 Green Twisted
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
244
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 255/272
Connector 1 Connector 2 Color of the cablecore
Twisted or not
3 3 Green and white
4 4 Blue Twisted
5 5 Blue and white
8 8 Brown Twisted
7 7 Brown and white
l The crossover cable is used between the Ethernet adapter and Ethernet switch (including
the hub). Table 11-2 lists the crossover mapping of the cable.
Table 11-2 Pin mapping of the crossover cable
Connector 1 Connector 2 Color of the cablecore
Twisted or not
6 2 Orange Twisted
3 1 Orange-white
2 6 Green Twisted
1 3 Green and white
4 4 Blue Twisted
5 5 Blue and white
8 8 Brown Twisted
7 7 Brown and white
Figure 11-9 shows the numbering sequence of the pins.
Figure 11-9 Numbering sequence of the pins
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
245
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 256/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 257/272
The test procedure for the crossover cable is the same as that for the straight-through cable.
However, the lighting sequence of the indicators is different.
The lighting sequence of the indicators in the test of a crossover cable is as follows.
Indicators on the MASTER device: 1-8-G; indicators on the REMOTE device: 3-6-1-4-5-2-7-8-
G.
If the indicators are not on in the previous sequence or certain indicators are not on, the Ethernet
cable is ineligible.
NOTE
If the cable tester is unavailable, you are advised to use a multimeter to test the continuity of the Ethernet
cable, as shown in Figure 11-12.
Figure 11-12 Testing the continuity of the Ethernet cable
----End
11.4 Assembling the Shielded RJ45 Connector and the
Ethernet Cable
This section describes how to assemble the shielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through
cable.
Context
Figure 11-13 shows the structure of the shielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through cable.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
247
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 258/272
Figure 11-13 Shielded RJ45 connector
A Jacket of the connector B Metal jacket C Frame D Connector
E Jacket of the Ethernet cable F shield layer G Twisted pair -
Procedure
Step 1 Insert the Ethernet cable through A, as shown in Figure 11-14.
Figure 11-14 Inserting the Ethernet cable through the connector jacket
Step 2 Strip E for 30 mm and cut off the nylon layer inside the jacket. Cut E for about 5 mm, as shown
in Figure 11-15.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
248
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 259/272
NOTICE
l Be cautious not to damage the shield layer when stripping the jacket.
l Be cautious not to damage the insulation layer of the twisted pair when stripping the shield
layer.
Figure 11-15 Stripping the jacket of the twisted pair (unit: mm)
Step 3 Place B through the twisted pair to cover F, as shown in Figure 11-16.
Figure 11-16 Placing the metal jacket
Step 4 Insert the metal jacket into the jacket of the twisted pair. Cut the shield layer and the aluminum
foil along the edge of the metal jacket to expose G of about 20 mm, as shown in Figure 11-17.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
249
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 260/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 261/272
Step 6 Place G on C according to the arrangement shown in Figure 11-20. Figure 11-21 and Table
11-3 show the mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins.
Figure 11-20 Placing the four twisted pairs on the frame
Figure 11-21 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins
Table 11-3 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins
Pin Color of the cable
1 Brown
2 White and brown
3 Green
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
251
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 262/272
Pin Color of the cable
4 White and blue
5 Blue
6 White and green
7 Orange
8 White and orange
Step 7 Cut the excessive part of the cables along the side of the frame, as shown in Figure 11-22.
Figure 11-22 Cutting the excessive part of the twisted pairs
Step 8 Insert the frame into D and turn the metal shielding jacket at an angle of 90° to facilitate the
movement, as shown in Figure 11-23.
NOTE
Ensure that the frame is completely inserted into D.
Figure 11-23 Inserting the frame into the connector
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
252
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 263/272
Step 9 Move B towards the connector to cover the connector and the frame completely. Crimp the
connector by using the crimping tool, as shown in Figure 11-24.
Figure 11-24 Crimping the connector
Step 10 Move A towards the connector to cover the metal jacket. One end of the RJ45 connector is
assembled, as shown in Figure 11-25.
Figure 11-25 Covering the connector with the jacket
Step 11 Repeat Step 1 through Step 10 to assemble the RJ45 connector at the other end.
----End
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
253
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 264/272
11.5 Assembling the Unshielded RJ45 Connector and the
Ethernet CableThis section describes how to assemble the unshielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through
cable.
Context
Figure 11-26 shows the structure of the unshielded RJ45 connector and the straight-through
cable.
Figure 11-26 Unshielded RJ45 connector
A Connector B Jacket C Twisted pairs
Procedure
Step 1 Strip the twisted pair by 16 mm, as shown in Figure 11-27.
NOTICE
Be cautious not to damage the insulation layer of the twisted pair when stripping the shield layer.
Figure 11-27 Stripping the twisted pair (unit: mm)
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
254
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 265/272
Step 2 Arrange the twisted pairs according to Figure 11-28 and cut the excessive part. Table 11-4 lists
the mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins.
Figure 11-28 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins (unit: mm)
Table 11-4 Mapping between the twisted pairs and the pins
Pin Color of the cable
1 Brown
2 White and brown
3 Green
4 White and blue
5 Blue
6 White and green
7 Orange
8 White and orange
Step 3Insert the arranged cables into the connector. Crimp the connector by using the crimping tool,
as shown in Figure 11-29.
NOTE
Ensure that the cables are completely inserted into the connector.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
255
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 266/272
Figure 11-29 Crimping the connector
Step 4 Repeat Step 1 through Step 3 to assemble the RJ45 connector at the other end.
----End
11.6 BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form
The BSC6900 site maintenance record form is used to record site maintenance operations,
including replacement, capacity expansion, and routine cleaning.
Table 11-5 BSC6900 Site Maintenance Record Form
Site name: Maintenance date:
Time of occurrence: Time of fixing:
Person on duty: Operator:
Maintenance type: □ Replacing a board □ Replacing a cable Replacing a
subrack or fan
assembly, power
distribution box
□ Routine cleaning □ Expanding the
subrack capacity
Others
Detailed maintenance
operations:
Final commissioning
results:
11.7 Principles of Installing the Signal Cables
This section describes principles of installing signal cables. The principles involve minimum
bending radius, cable layout, cable routing, and cable binding.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
256
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 267/272
Principles of Installing Signal Cables
When installing signal cables, take the following precautions:
l Optical cables should not be stretched roughly or stepped on, and heavy objects should not
be placed on the cable to avoid damage.
l Optical connectors not in use must be covered with a dustproof cap.
l If connectors of signal cables are made before delivery, pack the connectors with soft and
durable materials such as a packing bag during cabling.
l Protect jackets of signal cables from being damaged during the routing.
l When coiling the extra length of optical cables on the fiber management tray, apply proper
force to avoid damaging the optical.
l The actual installation positions must meet the requirements of site survey and data
configuration.
l When installing the signal cables, you should route the extra length of the interconnection
cables on both sides of the cabinet according to the requirement for the bending radius of
the cables.
l The related operation guide is intended for only the installation method. The actual
installation position of cables should meet the requirements of site survey and should be
consistent with the data configuration scheme.
Minimum Bending Radius
The bending radius of the signal cable meets the requirements of all types of cables. Table
11-6 lists the bending radius of the signal cables.
Table 11-6 Requirements for the bending radius
Wire Bending Radius
BITS clock signal cable Not less than 45 mm
Y-shaped clock cable Not less than 25 mm
Ethernet cable Not less than 25 mm
Optical cable Not less than 40 mm
SFP+ high-speed cable Not less than 40 mm
E1/T1 cable Not less than 40 mm
EMU RS485 Communication Cable Not less than 25 mm
OMUc serial cable
NOTE
The port does not require a signal cable
or connection to other devices when the
system runs properly. Therefore,
equipment security is not affected.
Not less than 25 mm
Signal cable of the alarm box Not less than 25 mm
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
257
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 268/272
Principles of Routing the Signal Cables
To facilitate maintenance and capacity expansion, follow these principles when routing cables.
The layout sequence in overhead and underfloor cabling modes must be the same.
l The cables can be routed either on the front side first or on the rear side first. The cables
meant for the front of the cabinet must be laid only in the front side of the cabinet. Follow
the same principle for the cables meant for the rear of the cabinet.
l whereas routing the cables at the back of the cabinet, you should route the E1/T1 cables
before routing the optical cables.
Requirements of Routing the Signal Cables
The requirements for routing signal cables are as follows:
l Protect the jackets of the signal cables from being damaged during the routing.
l Hold the connector when plugging out the signal cables to protect the signal cable from
damage.
l When installing the signal cables, you should route the extra length of the interconnection
cables on both sides of the cabinet according to the requirement for the bending radius of
the cables.
l For combined cabinets, the extra signal cable in front of the cabinet should be routed along
the cable ladder or at one side of the cabinet. It should not be placed in the gap between the
combined cabinets.
l The signal cables must be separated from the power cables.
l The bending radius of the signal cable satisfies the requirements of all kinds of cables.
Table 11-6 lists the bending radius of the signal cables.
l Extra length of the signal cable should be reserved near the connector.
l The signal cables must be neatly laid in the rack, according to the engineering design.
l If the height difference between the cable tray and the top of the cabinet exceeds 800 mm,
a vertical cable ladder must be used. The signal cables and the lower part of the downward
cable ladder must be bound together.
l The routing should be in accordance with the engineering design.
l The cabling is clear, proper, and smooth at the bends. The cables are laid in parallel.
l The signal cables layout facilitates maintenance and future expansion.
Requirements of Binding the Signal Cables
The requirements of binding the signal cables are as follows:
l The signal cables and power cables must be bound separately. The spacing between cable
ties must be at least 150 mm.
l The twine for binding the cables must be coated with wax.
l The signal cables must be bound at the entrance and exit of the cable trough and at the
turning points, as shown in Figure 11-30.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
258
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 269/272
Figure 11-30 Bending and binding signal cables
l The optical cables must be neatly bound in pairs.
l The cables on the cable tray must be bound neatly.
l The cable ties must face the same direction and be tied with proper tightness.
l The cable ties must be placed at regular intervals, 200 mm for E1/T1 cables , and 150 mm
for optical cables.
l The extra length of the cable ties must be cut and the cut surface must be smooth.
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 11 Appendix
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
259
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 270/272
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 271/272
Indicators Description
PEUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the PEUa Board
PEUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the PEUc Board
POUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the POUa Board
POUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the POUc Board
UOIa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the UOIa Board
UOIc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of the UOIc Board
NIU NIUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the NIUa Board
OMU OMUa and OMUb
board
For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
an OMUa Board
OMUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
an OMUc Board
SAU SAUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the SAUa Board
SAUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the SAUc Board
ASU ASUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the ASUa Board
SPU SPUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the SPUa Board
SPUb/SPUc board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the SPUb/SPUc Board
SCU SCUa board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the SCUa Board
SCUb board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the SCUb Board
Assista
nt
Board
MDMC board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the MDMC Board
PAMU board For details, see BSC6900 Hardware DescriptionPanel of
the PAMU Board
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 12 Indicators on Components
Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
261
8/18/2019 Bsc6900 Umts Site Maintenance Guide(v900r017c10_01)(PDF)-En
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/bsc6900-umts-site-maintenance-guidev900r017c1001pdf-en 272/272
BSC6900 UMTS
Site Maintenance Guide 13 DIP Switches on Components
Recommended